r LI 
 
 .M8H74 
 
 1882 
 
 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 DDDDS4SnS4 
 

 
 
 ■i 
 
 

 
 
 
-Oi 
 
THE EASTERN 
 
 Vlaine Central Railroads 
 
 '^orm the most desirable through line between Boston 
 and the Hunting and Fishing resorts of Northern 
 laine and the Eastern R'ovinces. Pullman Parlor or 
 Sleeping Cars are run on all through trains between 
 Boston and Bangor, and the summer time table is ar- 
 .-anged to give good connections with lines to Rangeley, 
 Moosehead, &c. 
 
 The Eastern Railroad i? also the only line running 
 through trains with Pullman Parlor Cars between 
 Boston and the White Mountains via North Conway and 
 the Crawford Notch. 
 
 Tourists by this route are allowed to stop over at the 
 numerous sea-sids resorts without extra charge. 
 
 Excursion books with hotel-lists, maps, &c., will be 
 mailed free upon application to 
 
 LUCIUS TUTTLE, 
 
 General Passenger Agent, Boston, Mass. 
 
THE OLD PINE TREE STATE, 
 
 With " Dirigo " for its motto, still leads all others 
 AS A PLACE FOR SUMMER RESORT. 
 
 Its long stretch of Sea-Coast, its Mountains, its 
 
 unbroken Forests, its innumerable 
 
 Lakes and Rivers, 
 
 OFFER ATTRACTIONS UNSURPASSED. 
 
 THE 
 
 MAiE CEMTBAL IMM 
 
 IS THE ONLY BAIL ROUTE BETWEEN 
 
 I^OBTLAJSI) AND BAJSGOB, 
 
 and intermediate Cities and Towns. It passes tlirongh half of the Counties 
 
 of the State; reaches nine of the fourteen cities, and nearly all of the 
 
 largest villages and manufacturing towns, and connects with all 
 
 trains from and to Boston, and all points South and West, 
 
 and Aroostook County, and all parts of the 
 
 IT IS ALSO THE ROUTE TO ALL OF THE RESORTS IN THE 
 
 Wilderness of Northern Maine and New Brunswick, 
 Moosehead and adjacent Lakes, 
 
 The Eangeley Lakes, Eustis, Dead Eiver, 
 Porks of the Kennebec, 
 TITE WALTERS OF THE ST. JOH3V, &c. 
 
IT IS THE 
 
 ONLY ROUTE WHEREBY MOOSEHEAD UKE 
 
 CAN BE SUKELY REACHED THE 
 
 DA'i FOLLOWING DEPARTURE FROM BOSTON. 
 
 AND FOR 
 
 THE BilHGlLlY L^KIS 
 
 Is the only route connecting with the celebrated two-foot gauge 
 
 SJLJSTDir RI^ER ItA.IIjROA.1), 
 
 Running from Farmington to Phillips, only 18 miles from the 
 
 Lakes, and by which 15 miles of Staging and 12 of 
 
 Steamer are saved to passengers for Indian Rook 
 
 and Mooselucmaguntic House, and Lake, 
 
 over any other route. 
 
 EXCURSION TICKETS 
 
 are being added each year to New Kesorts and by new routes, where com- 
 paratively unexplored grqunds for hunting and fishing are to be found. 
 
 Besides being the best route to the Resorts mentioned, this line 
 forms a part of the route to Mt. Desert via Roclihind or Bangor, and 
 to Boothbay via Bath, and runs through, or near, numbers of picturesque 
 cities and towns along the sea-coast and in the interior, wliich, with their 
 attractive scenery and invigorating atmosphere, are rapidly and widely 
 becoming known and appreciated, and drawing increased numbers of visi- 
 tors each year. 
 
 Fares for Round Trip from Boston, 
 
 Rangeley Lakes • • $12.50 Forks of Kennebec $13.00 
 
 Indian Rock 13.75 Moosehead Lake - • 15.00 
 
 Eustis - • . 13.50 Aroostook County • . 18.00 
 
 Dead River 13.00 
 
 Froin Portland, $3.00 less. 
 Send for Time Tables and Bates of Fare covering all Excursion Points, 
 
 PAYSON TUCKER, Superintendent. 
 F. E. BOOTH BY, Gen. Pass. & Ticket Ag't, Portland, Me. 
 
Eiiropei eal irtli Amerlcaii Ballwey. 
 
 THE ALL-RAIL LINE 
 
 BETWEKN THE 
 
 Mtid Statss aid Miiitlme Fi9?lQces. 
 
 THE VIBECT ROUTE TO TBE 
 
 PENOBSCOT WATERS, 
 
 MOUNT KATAHDIN, 
 
 And the Fishing and Hunting Grounds 
 
 OF 
 
 NORTHERN MAINE anfl NEW BRUNSWICK. 
 
 THE FEMTILE AROOSTOOK and ST. JOHN VAZLETS are 
 
 reached via this line. 
 
 EXC VBSIOX TICKE TS, to points reached via this Line, on sale at 
 all Principal Ticket Offices. 
 
 To the TOURIST AND SPORTSMAN, this route oflFers supe- 
 rior advantages. The Penobscot, Aroostook, and St. Johx Waters 
 are the delight of tlie Canoeman. Rich in natural attractions, scenery 
 unrivalled lor grandeur and beauty, streams and lakes abounding with 
 salmon, togue, and trout, with wild fowl in abundance, and forests stocked 
 with game, there is no other such field for sportsmen in America east of 
 the Rocky Slountains. 
 
 J. P. LEAVITT, F. W. CRAM, 
 
 General Ticket Agent, hvperintenchnt, 
 
 Bangor, Me. Bangor, Me. 
 
AND 
 
 Katahdin Iron Works Railway. 
 
 This Railway is now under construction, is 
 
 RUNNING- TRAINS TO BROWNVILLE, 
 
 and will be opened to the Iron Works on or before August 1. 
 
 Two trains daily will be put on, connecting at Milo Station on the B, & 
 P. K. K. for Milo, Brownville, and the Iron Works, with the regular morn- 
 ing and afternoon trains on the E. & N. A. R. from Bangor. 
 
 Trains leave E. & N. A. Depot in Bangor at 7.30 a.m. and 1.30 p.m. 
 
 0. W. DAVIS, Jr., President, HE2TET McLAU&HLDT, Sup't, 
 
 Bangor. Bangor. 
 
 KATAHDIN IRON WORKS. 
 
 This well known resort of the sportsman, tourist, and invalid has dur- 
 ing the past season been greatly enlarged and improved, and will be under 
 the management of Henry E. Capen, formerly of the Mt. Kineo House, 
 Moosehead Lake. 
 
 The wonderful recuperative qualities of the water of the 
 
 KATAHDIN MINERAL SPRINGS, 
 the purity of the air, and the beautiful variety of forest, lake, and moun- 
 tain scenery, combined with the interesting operations of the Katahdin Iron 
 Company, make this a desirable resort. Best of boating, fishing, hunting 
 and camx>ing facilities. 
 
 For information address 
 
 H. E. CAPEN, IMaxager, 
 
 KataJulin Iron Works, Maine. 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 The author respectfully calls the attention of his 
 readers to the various advertisements which make a part 
 of this volume. As far as he is aware, the statements 
 in them are authentic and reliable ; and containing, as 
 they do, a great' deal of important information, which 
 from its ephemeral character could not well be incor- 
 porated in the text, they are appended as indispensable 
 helps to the traveller and tourist. 
 
MT. KINEO FROM KINEO COVE. 
 
-J 
 
 HUBBARD'S GUIDE 
 
 TO 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE 
 
 AND 
 
 NORTHERN MAINE. 
 
 BEING THE THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED, 
 OF 
 
 ** .Summer Facations at f5l0asel)eati llalte anti Ficinits," 
 
 DESCRIBING ROUTES FOR THE CANOE-MAN OVER THE PRINCI- 
 PAL WATERS OF NORTHERN MAINE, WITH HINTS TO 
 CAMPERS AND ESTIMATES OF EXPENSE 
 FOR TOURS. 
 
 ILLUSTRATED 
 
 WITH VIEWS OF MAINE SCENERY, AND ACCOMPANIED BY NEW 
 
 AND LARGE MAPS OF THE HEADWATERS OF THE 
 
 PENOBSCOT, KENNEBEC, AROOSTOOK, AND 
 
 ST. JOHN RIVERS, 
 
 By LUCIUS L. ^g^^PtJ^ruHr'^^^^ 
 
 , AUG ?>. Jfe 
 
 BOSr 
 A. WILLIAMS AND COMPA^fiS^' 
 1882, 
 
n 
 
 
 
 Copyright, 1882, 
 By Lucius L. Hubbard. 
 
 University Press: 
 John Wilson and Son, Cambridge. 
 
^lunbs anb Companions 
 
 WHO HAVE SHARED WITH HIM THE PLEASURES OF CAMPING OUT 
 IN THE WOODS OF MAINE, 
 
 THE AUTHOR 
 AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATES THIS LITTLE VOLUME, 
 
 IN THE EARNEST HOPE THAT, EVEN IF IT SHOULD CONTAIN 
 
 NOTHING NEW TO THEM, IT WILL AT LEAST SERVE 
 
 to RECALL BRIGHT MEMORIES OF DAYS 
 
 THAT ARE PAST. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 To the care-worn business man and ovenvorked stu- 
 dent, no relaxation from the constant wear of their 
 respective callings is so grateful as that which comes 
 while camping in the woods. " The accompaniments 
 of life are removed, and selfishness, ambition, and care 
 have here no place ; a man is most truly thrown upon 
 his own resources. To be alone with nature, without 
 book, without work, without care, without the slightest 
 hindrance to wandering at your own sweet will, with a 
 heart which beats * true to the kindred points of heaven 
 and home,' and to be for this purpose in the very heart 
 of the Moosehead forests, is more than all the trout- 
 fishing, and almost the rival of the matchless views 
 which meet the eye." * In the wild woods life is 
 regenerated, and even after two weeks of camping out 
 and canoeing one issues forth with renewed strength 
 for the work of the coming year. Rest and recreation 
 are an absolute necessity. A celebrated jurist of this 
 country, no longer living, used to say he could do a 
 year's work in ten months, but not in twelve. 
 
 * Rev. Julius H. Ward, in Harper's Magazine, August, 1S75. 
 
VI INTRODUCTION-. 
 
 It then becomes a practical question, how deep into 
 the forests must one penetrate with his birch-canoe to 
 find this seclusion and relaxation, and what are the 
 means of attaining them ? 
 
 The advantage to canoe-men of having some definite 
 and tangible information concerning the different lakes 
 and water-courses over which their routes may take 
 them, is too well known by those persons who have 
 camped out in the woods of Maine to need proof. It 
 often happens that the tourist comes to a part of a 
 stream where the difficulty of further progress seems 
 insurmountable. After successful efforts made to over- 
 come the obstacles which first appeared, others take 
 their place, and the chain seems unending. The luck- 
 less canoe-man in ignorance turns back disappointed,, 
 and seeks an easier route elsewhere, when, if he had 
 but known it, smooth water and a picturesque and 
 attractive course lay before him, within easy reach. 
 
 With a knowledge of this need, gained by experience, 
 the ^^Titer has prepared the following pages for the 
 benefit of habitues of Moosehead Lake, and of others 
 who may have in view a visit to some of the wilder 
 localities in its vicinity. The brevity necessarily re- 
 quired in a pocket guide-book has caused him to set 
 forth facts without any attempt at embellishment, — 
 plain, statistical facts, whose only function is to be use- 
 ful. The book, aside from its illustrations, is not meant 
 to be entertaining, and they who seek in its pages any 
 elaborate or detailed descriptions of scenery will be 
 disappointed. 
 
INTRODUCTION. vii 
 
 That part of the work devoted to camping is also 
 merely an epitome. Many topics touched upon had 
 to be passed over briefly, and left perhaps incomplete, 
 while others of scarcely less importance had to be 
 omitted altogether. The information and advice actu- 
 ally given is, moreover, very much condensed, and, 
 such as it is, the writer offers it to beginners in the 
 art of camping, as a stepping-stone to a more extended 
 knowledge, which can best be obtained by experience. 
 
 He who goes into the woods to camp for the first 
 time will be at a loss to understand many of the 
 phrases in vogue among older campers and guides, 
 some few of which, on account of their brevity, have 
 been used in the following pages. The word " pitch " 
 refers either to the resinous mixture used on canoes, to 
 a small water-fall, or to the height of a stream. After 
 a hard rain one may say, " There is a good pitch of 
 water." " Rips " is a word used of a stretch of water, 
 which is not long enough nor rough enough to be 
 called " rapids." To " drop " a canoe over a " pitch " 
 is to let it float over it, the canoe-man guiding it from 
 the shore with a setting-pole, and with the "painter," 
 or leading-rope. 
 
 A "landing" is a term used by lumbermen to de- 
 note a place cleared of bushes and trees on the bank 
 of a stream or pond, to which the logs cut in winter 
 are hauled, in anticipation of the spring floods. 
 
 " Logon," probably a derivative of "lagoon," means 
 a very shallow arm of a stream or pond, where hlies 
 and grass grow profusely. 
 
viii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The term "navigation" as used in the following 
 pages refers to canoes, and readers will also note the 
 difference between the right and left ba?iks of a stream, 
 and the same terms without the word " bank." 
 
 In presenting to the public this, the third edition of 
 " Summer Vacations at Moosehead Lake and Vicinity," 
 the author has thought best to modify the title in order 
 that it might express, without danger of ambiguity, the 
 exact character of the work, — that of a guide-book. 
 The text has been thoroughly revised, and mistakes 
 corrected which unavoidably crept into the first edition ; 
 while some sixty pages of new matter have been added, 
 covering the St. John, Aroostook, and East Branch of 
 the Penobscot Rivers, Katahdin Iron Works and adja- 
 cent mountains, Monson, and Ship Pond. A new sup- 
 plemental map of the St. John and Aroostook River 
 region accompanies the book, together with a railroad 
 map of New England and the Maritime Provinces. 
 
 The author hopes that in view of the foregoing im- 
 provements his book may meet with the same kind 
 reception accorded previous editions, and that his labor 
 may not have been in vain. He again acknowledges 
 his grateful appreciation to Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., 
 for the use of his Hygienic Notes, to Mr. F. R. Barrett 
 for notes on the East Branch of the Penobscot, and 
 to many other obliging persons for timely and impor- 
 tant information and assistance. 
 
 Cambridge, June lo, 1882. 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Mount Kineo from Kineo Cove Frontispiece 
 
 Foliage of Trees 22 
 
 Bark of Trees 24 
 
 Mount Kineo — Pebble Beach .44 
 
 Mount Kineo — Table Rock 54 
 
 Socatean Falls and Pool 62 
 
 RipOGENUS Gorge — looking West 70 
 
 Millinokett Lake 80 
 
 Allagash Falls 126 
 
 Billing's Fall — in the Gulf 154 
 
 Little Wilson Falls 164 
 
 Moxie Falls 176 
 
 MAPS. 
 
 Moosehead Lake and Vicinity 38 
 
 Caucomgomoc Lake and Vicinity loo 
 
 St. John and Aroostook Rivers . . . ) 
 Moosehead Lake and Northern Maine \ 
 Railro.\d Map of New England and the Provinces. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 • 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 
 3^ain ta Camp ©ut 
 
 PACK 
 
 Time of Year i 
 
 Number in a Party 2 
 
 A Camper's Outfit, — Where and How to Get it . . 3 
 
 Camp "Kit". . 4 
 
 Personal Luggage 7 
 
 Provisions 14 
 
 Canoes and their Usage 16 
 
 Guides 19 
 
 Camp-Ground 22 
 
 Camp-Fire .24 
 
 Cooking 25 
 
 Dressing Game 28 
 
 Hygienic Notes 29 
 
 PART SECOND. 
 
 iJH0OS£jeatj ilafee anti Cmmetiiate Ficmitg. 
 
 Routes from Boston to Moosehead Lake ... 39 
 
 Mooseliead Lake 44 
 
 Mount Kineo 51 
 
PAGE 
 
 xii CONTENTS. 
 
 West Branch of the Penobscot, — Going Down . . 64 
 
 Jo Merry and Neighboring Lakes 80 
 
 Northwest Carry and Seeboomook Falls .... 81 
 
 West Branch of the Penobscot, — Going Up . . 83 
 
 St. John Pond and Baker Lake 95 
 
 Caucomgomoc Lake, — Allagash Lake .... 97 
 
 Down the St. John River 105, 121 
 
 Down the Aroostook River no 
 
 Spider Lake to Musquacook 114 
 
 Temiscouata Lake 131 
 
 East Branch of the Penobscot 134 
 
 Katahdin Iron-Works 145 
 
 Sebec Lake 157 
 
 Monson 162 
 
 Mount Ktaadn from the East 167 
 
 Forks of the Kennebec and Dead River .... 171 
 
 Moose River above Moose River Village .... 180 
 
 Game and Fish of Northern Maine 183 
 
 Digest of Game and Fish Laws 186 
 
 Camp-Fires 189 
 
 Tables of Tours for Campers 193 
 
 Expense of Tours 197 
 
 Index •. 199 
 
SUMMER VACATIONS 
 
 AT 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 PART FIRST. 
 HOW TO CAMP OUT. 
 
 TIME OF YEAR. 
 
 All seasons have their respective advantages for the 
 hunter or trapper, whether sportsman or not, according 
 to the object he has in view. Each has its own disad- 
 vantages as well, but for general purposes of camping- 
 out September and October offer the most attractions 
 and have the fewest drawbacks. Black-flies and mosqui- 
 toes have then ceased their torments, the weather is apt 
 to be settled and pleasant, the nights cool, and game is 
 in its prime, and likely to be found everywhere. 
 
 The best fishing is undoubtedly to be had — at least 
 in places of most frequent resort — in early spring, just 
 after the ice breaks up in the lakes and streams. The 
 larger game frequents the feeding-grounds on the/ banks 
 of streams, and shores of ponds, and comes down to the 
 water at night, in the hot weather of midsummer. But 
 these are the halcyon days of the black-fly and mosquito, 
 
2 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 the one a constant attendant by day, and the other by 
 night, both combining to make life miserable for the 
 reckless sportsman. Besides, the days are sweltering 
 and the nights oppressive. 
 
 Midwinter is not without its attraction, — principally 
 that of novelty for him who ventures into the woods too 
 far north. He is soon disabused of the fascination 
 which drew him thither, and learns that it is much more 
 comfortable to put up at some hotel or cabin at the 
 outskirts of civilization, and to make hunting excur- 
 sions on snow-shoes from these, and to fish through the 
 ice under cover of a warm little fish-house, than to 
 camp under a shelter tent with the snow four feet deep 
 around him, and the mercury at twenty-five below zero. 
 
 NUMBER IN A PARTY. 
 
 The number of persons of which a party should con- 
 sist will depend more or less on the characteristics of 
 the individuals and the object in view. Travelling — 
 especially in the woods — is apt to show up the least 
 amiable side of one's disposition, and the larger the 
 party, the more difficult will it be to have united coun- 
 sels and action. If you are bent on having a jolly time, 
 and are not particular about getting game and -fish, nor 
 where you go, you can well join a large party ; but 
 when you go mainly for the enjoyments of hunting and 
 fishing such as can only be had in the wild woods, go 
 with one friend, — a tried friend, on whose good sense 
 and unselfishness you can rely. The next best way, 
 and you may prefer it, is to go alone, with a trusty and 
 competent guide. Two men, each with a canoe and 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 3 
 
 guide, is an advantageous combination, for the pairs 
 can separate for a time, if advisable, and occupy differ- 
 ent grounds near together. For a short trip two men 
 and one guide can go in one canoe, but for a trip of 
 two weeks or more a canoe will only hold two men and 
 luggage, and will have an ample load at that. 
 
 A CAMPER'S OUTFIT, — WHERE AND HOW 
 TO GET IT. 
 
 As Mr. Gould has happily suggested in his interest- 
 ing book, " How to Camp Out," you should begin to 
 make preparations for your trip two or three months 
 before you intend to start. To make small purchases 
 of useful articles to be taken with you, and to dwell in 
 anticipation on what is before you, affords almost as 
 much pleasure as the later enjoyment of the woods. 
 There is great satisfaction in picturing to yourself what 
 part this and that article will play in your adventures, or 
 in what sort of a place, whether lake or brook, moun- 
 tain or meadow, it will first be called into requisition. 
 Then, too, if you put off all preparation until the last 
 moment, you may forget some of the most important 
 parts of your outfit, — a sine qua noriy — and the thought 
 of what " might have been " will be quite aggravating. 
 Collect your outfit, piece by piece ; appropriate a closet 
 or a trunk to its exclusive use, and put the parts of 
 your collection into it, day by day, keeping a list from 
 which to check off each item as soon as obtained. 
 Every time an article suggests itself to you as one that 
 is likely to be indispensable, get it. Only be careful 
 to make your load as hght as possible. Remember 
 
4 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 tliat what one may consider a necessity at home may 
 be regarded as a luxury in the woods, and that to carry 
 one pound of extra weight fifty miles is equivalent to 
 carrying fifty pounds one mile. 
 
 Get everything you need, in the way of personal lug- 
 gage, at home. You seldom have time or inclination 
 to stop over, by the way, and are not at all sure to find 
 what you want at the last village on the verge of the 
 forest. By " personal luggage " the writer means every- 
 thing exclusive of food, and of the camp " kit," a term 
 explained below. 
 
 It is very convenient, if you mean to use canned 
 goods in the woods, to have them packed at home, in 
 a box with rope handles on each end of it, and to take 
 them with you as luggage. 
 
 CAMP "KIT.'» 
 
 Parties who go into camp with guides do not usually 
 have to provide what is termed the " kit." This in- 
 cludes, besides canoe and tent, axes, cooking utensils, 
 and the like, — articles which nearly all guides own in 
 quantities sufficient for parties of two or three. 
 
 For persons who may be about to go into camp 
 without guides, the following list of articles will be 
 found useful, if not indispensable : — 
 
 Party of Two. Party of Four. 
 
 Axe, one ; S^Ibs two. 
 
 Baker, small medium. 
 
 Breadpan ; 2 qts 3 qts. 
 
 Butter-box, wooden 
 
 Can-opener 
 
 Coffee-pot; I qt 2 qts. 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 5 
 
 Forks, three five. 
 
 Firkins, or bags, for provisions .... 
 
 Frying-pans, two, medium two, large. 
 
 Kettle, iron; 2 qts • • 3 qts.. 
 
 Knives, three five. 
 
 Molasses-can ; i gal 
 
 Mop for dishes 
 
 Pepper-shaker 
 
 Pitch dipper, — handle riveted .... two. 
 
 Potato bag 
 
 Rope for canoe, — " Painter " 
 
 Salt-shaker 
 
 Sponge for canoe two. 
 
 Spoon, one, large 
 
 Teaspoons, three ^ . . . six. 
 
 Tent (A) 7ft. X 8ft 
 
 Tin dippers, four six. 
 
 Tin pails ; two, 2 qts three, 3 qts. 
 
 Tin plates, four six. 
 
 For parties of more than four persons, the capacity 
 of the pails, pots, and pans will have to be proportion- 
 ally larger, and the number of the more necessary table- 
 dishes increased, so that there will be two or three extra 
 of each kind. 
 
 The cost of an outfit for two, such as is given above, 
 will be about fifteen dollars, exclusive of tent, which may 
 be bought for ten or twelve dollars. 
 
 Of course, persons ca7i get along with fewer things 
 than those above enumerated. The hunter often goes 
 into the woods, in midwinter, and his outfit consists of 
 a thin blanket, an axe, rifle, sheath-knife, frying-pan, 
 and large tin dipper. With these, a bag of flour, a 
 piece of pork, and what he shoots, he sustains himself, 
 and makes no complaint. In like manner, a camper's 
 " kit " can be crude, or elaborate, to suit his whims or 
 
6 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 his pocket ; and he can direct his outlay in such a man- 
 ner as to undergo a greater or less degree of " roughing 
 it," — and to his entire satisfaction. 
 
 For the benefit of parties who go to Moosehead Lake, 
 it may be well to say that all of the above articles can 
 be bought at Greenville, except bags for provisions, 
 which will have to be brought from home. These should 
 be strong, made of stout drilling, and of various sizes, 
 according to the bulk of the articles meant to be car- 
 ried in them. Moreover, a large canvas bag, or rubber 
 navy bag, should make part of the kit, to hold the 
 smaller bags, and keep their contents dry. 
 
 It has been, and still is, quite common to carry pro- 
 visions into the woods in wooden buckets or firkins. 
 They answer very well for trips where little or no carry- 
 ing is to be done, but are very much of a nuisance 
 when the contrary is the case. The principal advan- 
 tage in having bags is, that, as fast as your food is con- 
 sumed, the bulk of your luggage decreases, which with 
 buckets is not appreciable. One bucket, for dishes, 
 salt and pepper shakers, can-opener, condensed milk, 
 and other odds and ends, will more than compensate, 
 in convenience, the trouble of carrying it. Axes and 
 hatchets should be provided with some sort of cover. 
 They are then less troublesome and harmful, and can 
 be thrown into a canoe or on shore without danger, 
 either of cutting something else, or of being themselves 
 nicked or dulled. They can also be carried safely in 
 one's belt, over carries and through the woods. 
 
 One or two kettle-holders will prove extremely use- 
 ful, and easy to carry ; a small whetstone and a crooked 
 knife, too, may well be added to the kit. 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 7 
 
 An iron bean-pot will be found a great luxury, if it 
 does not have to be " carried " much. Otherwise take 
 can7ied beans. 
 
 A farina boiler, which consists of two pails, the smaller 
 set in the other, serves well to cook oat-meal and mush, 
 without risk of burning, — either the food or the cook. 
 
 A shelter tent is warmer than an A tent, if a fire is 
 kept blazing before it all night, but it is otherwise less 
 convenient, especially in stormy weather. 
 
 PERSONAL LUGGAGE. 
 
 The writer first began to camp out ten years ago. 
 His preparations for his initial trip to the woods were 
 crude. As beginners, we do not feel the need of many 
 things, which want of experience, perhaps as much as 
 lack of means, prevents us from getting ; but after a 
 series of summers spent in the woods, we learn how we 
 can, in many ways, add materially to our enjoyment 
 and comfort, at trifling expense, and with only a slight 
 addition to the weight of our luggage. 
 
 Following is a list of articles the writer deems essen- 
 tial to a tolerable degree of comfort and ease, while out 
 for a two weeks' canoeing excursion : — • 
 
 One pair stout shoes, well greased. 
 
 One pair stout slippers. 
 
 One suit, — old, but stout clothes. 
 
 One extra pair pantaloons (Scotch goods). 
 
 Two woollen shirts with collars. 
 
 One change of under-clothes. 
 
 Slouch felt hat (gray). 
 
 Two or three pairs heavy woollen socks. 
 
 Jwo silk handkerchiefs. 
 
8 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 A cardigan jacket (dark gray). 
 A light rubber coat. 
 
 Two rubber blankets, — for each person. 
 One pair heavy woollen blankets, — for each person. 
 A blanket strap. 
 Two carrying straps. 
 Court and sticking plaster. 
 Small flask of brandy. 
 Bottle Jamaica ginger. 
 Box of grease for boots. 
 Bottle of mosquito mixture. 
 Piece of soap in small tin-box. 
 Sponge, tooth-brush, comb, and two towels. 
 Camp candlestick and candles. 
 Two or three haversacks, or a knapsack. 
 Mosquito net for the head. 
 A knit cap for sleeping. 
 Pieces of rope and twine. 
 Rags, and a small bottle of gun-oil. 
 Needles, thread, beeswax, and a small awl. 
 ■ Compass, matches. 
 Broad belt, with strap for attaching tin cup. 
 Good sheath-knife. 
 Cartridge-box (old army cap-box). 
 
 Allen, or Winchester, rifle, and from 50 to 100 cartridges. 
 Cheap fly-rod, four leaders, and a dozen flies. 
 Six stout hooks. 
 
 Reel, and fifty yards oiled-silk line. 
 Pack of cards — for rainy days. 
 Pocket-map of region to be visited. 
 
 COMMENTS ON THE FOREGOING. 
 
 Do not wear boots into the woods. They are cum- 
 bersome, and sure to get wet, and when in that condi- 
 tion are very hard to get off and on. A pair of loose- 
 fitting brogans, such as can be bought for about two 
 dollars, or an old pair of Waukenphast's shoes, if yoq 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 9 
 
 have them, will be found most comfortable. Slioes should 
 fit snugly, without pinching. If your feet are going to 
 be out of order for want of proper covering, you would 
 better go back home at once. A piece of leather may 
 prove of service in your " kit." The writer has of late 
 years found rubber boots, which come up half-way 
 between knee and hip, almost indispensable where 
 wading is necessary. However, a pair of stout shoes, 
 well greased, will answer the purpose, and when you 
 return to camp with wet feet, the comfort of dry socks 
 and slippers will be exceedingly grateful. If you take 
 rubber boots, a change of pantaloons will not be neces- 
 sary. 
 
 An excellent substitute for heavy shoes and slippers 
 will be found in moccasons, which when new are water- 
 proof, and fit the foot easily. They are good either in 
 a canoe, or when on the walk ; an extra sole on the 
 inside helps to protect the foot from roots and stones. 
 In this connection, when you dry your shoes or moc- 
 casons, be careful not to expose them to too great her.^. 
 Greased leather, or the fatty hide of any animal, will, 
 when exposed to the sun, or to a hot fire, burn very 
 quickly, and before one would, suspect it. It is a seri- 
 ous thing to lose one's foot-covering in the woods. 
 
 A heavy coat, or overcoat, will be found to be an 
 incumbrance from its weight, and inconvenient when 
 paddling. A good cardigan jacket and a thick vest 
 ^vill be all the extra clothing needed for cold days in 
 September. The suit one wears should be such as one 
 does not expect to use again. Scotch goods are pref- 
 erable, as they dry easily after a wetting. Their color 
 should be dark gray, if possible, to resemble that of the 
 
lO MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 trunks of the trees. The wearer will thus be less likely 
 to attract the notice of game that may come in his 
 way. 
 
 A pair of suspenders is a comfort one should not be 
 without. It does not matter if they do not look well 
 over your woollen shirt. 
 
 A light rubber coat in the woods is invaluable, and 
 two or three extra rubber blankets are apt to be quite 
 serviceable, in more ways than one. Should a shower 
 overtake you en route, one of them thrown over your 
 canoe-load protects it thoroughly. In camp two of 
 them stretched overhead on either side of a horizontal 
 pole make a good shelter both for your table and lug- 
 gage, and they also make a warm covering to sleep 
 under, on cold nights. 
 
 A good substitute for tent, and rubber blankets too, 
 consists in pieces of cotton cloth, 7ft. X 4ft., soaked in 
 boiled linseed-oil. If made with eyelet-holes in the 
 margin, they will answer the purpose of a tent, four of 
 them being laced together in pairs, two side to side, 
 and these pairs end to end. The two ends thus laced 
 together are laid on the ridge-pole of the tent, and tri- 
 angular pieces buttoned on at each end complete the 
 dwelling. 
 
 One pair of stout uncut woollen blankets for each 
 person is none too many. For cold nights in September 
 more warmth and comfort can be had by having your 
 blankets doubled over and sewed up on one end, and 
 three quarters up the side, like a bag, so that when in it 
 you have two thicknesses of blanket over and under you, 
 and your feet cannot become uncovered during sleep. 
 The top of the blanket can, if necessary, be drawn up 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. ll 
 
 over the head, while that part of the side left unsewed 
 will furnish a good breathing-place. 
 
 Leather carrying-straps consist of a ceiitre piece 
 about a foot long and two inches wide, firmly sewed, 
 at either extremity, to slightly tapering end pieces ten 
 feet long and half an inch wide. 
 
 To make a pack, spread out on the ground your 
 blanket, tent, or whatever you intend to use for the 
 purpose, and double it over, more or less, to suit the 
 size of your load. One or two trials will enable you 
 to judge accurately of the extent of covering needed 
 for the pack. Lay the strap on the blanket, &c., so 
 tliat the centre piece shall be just over the edge of it, 
 opposite the middle of the side, and the end pieces 
 shall extend from the same side along the ends of the 
 blanket, half-way from the middle of it to the ends. 
 Then fold the ends of the blanket over the strap, let- 
 ting them meet in the middle, or overlap, if necessary. , 
 The foundation of your pack is now ready. Make a 
 pile of your luggage, buckets, provisions, &c. on the 
 blanket, and when you think you have weight or bulk 
 enough, take the ends of your strap, one at a time, 
 and knot each to the corresponding end of the cefitre 
 piece ; pull tightly, so that the ends of your blanket 
 will be drawn together like the mouth of a bag. After 
 the knots shall have been made, bring the ends of 
 your strap together at the middle of the pack under 
 the centre piece J cross them and carry them around to 
 the opposite side of the pack, where they shall be 
 firmly and finally knotted. The pack thus made is 
 slung on the back ; the broad part of the strap rests 
 against the forehead, and by leaning forward, and 
 
12 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 holding the strap with both hands over the shoulders, 
 a heavy weight can be carried with comparative ease. 
 The Indians use this method almost altogether. 
 
 The foregoing list includes a small quantity of 
 brandy. This should be used only in case of sickness. 
 People are supposed to go into the woods for the pur- 
 pose of gaining health and strength, and this inestima- 
 ble privilege should not be prostituted by -the use of 
 liquor, merely to gratify an appetite for drink. The 
 use of stimulants is sure to be followed by an unhealthy 
 reaction, and in the woods, if nowhere else, there 
 ought to be enough in Nature's charms to draw one 
 away from a practice at once ruinous to health and 
 to self-respect. For colds, or after a wetting of the 
 body, Jamaica ginger will be found an excellent remedy 
 and preventive. 
 
 Parties who camp out in July or August will need 
 some mosquito-repellent, to put on their faces and 
 hands. Various compounds are put up, and are fox 
 sale, by druggists and others, which may answer the pur- 
 pose ; but the writer has never found anything better 
 than oil of tar, and sweet oil or glycerine, in equal quan- 
 tities, and a little gum camphor and oil of pennyroyal 
 mixed with it. At first, renewed applications are neces- 
 sary at short intervals, until the skin becomes moist, 
 and saturated with the odor of the mixture. 
 
 For ladies, a pair of thick buckskin gauntlets, and a 
 good veil, are the best and most pleasant substitutes 
 for the above mixture. 
 
 A mosquito net for the head, such as are for sale at 
 sporting emporiums, will be a great comfort on warm 
 nights, and especially about daybreak. 
 
HIXTS TO CAMPERS. 1 3 
 
 Matches should be kept in a small tight tin box, in 
 a dry part of your luggage. A water-proof pocket- 
 match-box you should always carry with you, well 
 filled. You may need it once in ten years, but might 
 fare badly that one time if caught without matches. 
 
 As to gun and fishing-tackle, some prefer one kind 
 and some another. Usually campers-out take just 
 what they can conveniently get. The Winchester gun, 
 eight-shooter, is now the favorite. It is cheap, reliable, 
 and can be fired and reloaded from the shoulder, 
 besides being of a desirable weight. The Allen gun is 
 also a good gun for a cheap one, but, not having a 
 magazine, cannot be fired so rapidly as the Winchester. 
 For a two weeks' trip fifty cartridges will be found more 
 than enough, unless one expects to ignore the possible 
 presence of large game, and to shoot right and left at 
 anything which may furnish a good target. 
 
 A shot-gun will generally be found a useless encum- 
 brance. 
 
 For fly rods, one made of ash and lancewood, and 
 which weighs from eight to twelve ounces, and costs 
 about five dollars, will answer well enough for ordinary 
 fishing. Higher-priced rods can be had according to 
 one's taste and resources, and afford, perhaps, more 
 satisfaction to the scientific fisherman. They can well 
 be taken care of, when the owner is at a hotel, but the 
 camper-out will find it rather irksome to be continually 
 putting his rod together, and taking it apart to avoid a 
 rain-storm or the dews of night. 
 
 For flies, the best are the Montreal, red-ibis, brown- 
 hackle, and blue-jay. For spring-fishing additional 
 varieties may be found good, such as the Jenny-Lind, 
 the grizzle-king, the professor, and the gray-drake. 
 
14 MOOSEIIEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Six-foot leaders are long enough. They should be 
 of a pale bluish tint. 
 
 A map is desirable as a guide ; it also serves to 
 while away many an hour which might otherwise be 
 dull. You become familiar with the character of the 
 country, and, after study of the different water-courses, 
 can often plan out trips, and post yourself upon their 
 practicability, by questioning guides and others, when- 
 ever opportunity offers. 
 
 PROVISIONS. 
 
 The following list of provisions will be found to con- 
 tain all that is necessary for good camp-fare, together 
 with a little that may be regarded as a luxury. The 
 acid in pickles, tomatoes, and dried or canned fruit, 
 senses as a corrective to the large amount of fat una- 
 voidably eaten by campers, and just enough of these 
 articles should be taken to serve this purpose, and 
 vary one's diet, without adding too much extra weight 
 to the necessary canoe-load. 
 
 The fractions opposite each article in the list repre- 
 sent the amount of such article which a man of average 
 " camp-appetite " will eat in one day, and are based 
 on the writer's experience with ten different men on 
 six different trips. To know approximately how much 
 to take for a given time, it is hardly necessary to say, 
 multiply the number in your party by the number of 
 days you are to be in camp, and this result by the 
 several fractions. Of course there can be no absolute 
 gauge of appetites, and during the last few days of 
 your trip you may have to live on short rations ; or 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 1 5 
 
 you may find so much game as to have an overplus of 
 provisions. In either case, however, this list will be 
 fo"ud to be not wide of the mark. 
 
 Daily Amount per Person. 
 
 Baking powder 1-15 box. 
 
 Beans 1-16 qt., or 1-12 can. 
 
 Butter ... 1-12 lb. 
 
 Chocolate 1-30 lb. ^ 
 
 Coffee 1-45 lb. 
 
 Condensed milk 7-100 can. 
 
 Corn 1-20 can. 
 
 Corned beef 1-12 lb. 
 
 Dried peaches 1-20 lb. 
 
 Flour, white and Graham . . . . 1-2 lb. 
 
 Hard bread 3-20 lb. 
 
 Lard i-io lb. 
 
 Molasses 1-30 qt. 
 
 Oat meal ^ 
 
 Cracked wheat \ 2-25 lb. 
 
 Pearled barley ) 
 
 Onions I-20 lb. 
 
 Pepper 1-150 lb. 
 
 Pickles optional. 
 
 Potatoes 1-50 bu. 
 
 Pork or bacon 1-4 lb. 
 
 Salt . 1-25 lb. 
 
 Sugar 6-25 lb. 
 
 Sugar, maple optional. 
 
 Tea I -100 lb. 
 
 Tomatoes 1-12 can. 
 
 It must be borne in mind that, if any one of the 
 above articles is not taken, more of something else 
 must be substituted. Maple sugar, dried or canned 
 fruit, chocolate, and corned beef are luxuries, and will 
 have to be used sparingly, if taken in the quantities 
 given above. Canned meats will be found most ac- 
 
l6 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 ceptable for lunch, when you are on the move and do 
 not or cannot stop long enough to cook. Flour will 
 generally be found preferable to hard bread, as the 
 latter is apt to become crumbled on being moved 
 from place to place. 
 
 Some parties go into the woods with a notion that 
 they are sure to get all the game they need for sub- 
 sistence, and that it is therefore unnecessary to take 
 more than enough flour, &c. to give a pleasant change 
 to one's diet. This is a great mistake. Rely on your 
 own larder, not on Nature's, and you will be much 
 better off. 
 
 CANOES AND THEIR USAGE. 
 
 A good birch-canoe should be made of tough bark, 
 the eyes of which are not easily broken, and there 
 should not be any inequalities or " humps " on that 
 part which is usually in the water, for the water by 
 swelling them makes the "humps" more prominent, 
 and thus more likely to be scraped or broken by con- 
 tact with rocks. Nor should a canoe be what is vul- 
 garly called " hog-backed," that is, lower in the middle 
 than at the ends. For general use it should be flat- 
 bottomed, rather than have a slight keel. It will then 
 ride in shallower water, and be less ticklish and more 
 manageable. 
 
 One can, with a little practice, learn how to paddk 
 a canoe ; the secret of keeping a straight course Hes 
 in feathering the paddle at the end of the stroke. To 
 be able to use the setiing-pole skilfully requires more 
 study, not only to learn the effect on the canoe of 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 1 7 
 
 each position and movement of the pole, but also the 
 additional effect on it of the current or " set " of the 
 water, and of gusts of wind, all of which must be 
 " compensated." 
 
 At all times a canoe should be so loaded as to be 
 " trim," or perfectly level. A slight displacement of 
 equlibrium is very annoying. 
 
 When poling through rapids, the chief points to be 
 borne in mind are to keep the bow pretty well loaded 
 (more so when going up than when coming down), and 
 to keep it pointed in a line parallel with the current. In 
 sinking the pole into the water, it should be held away 
 from the side of the canoe, and in pushing laterally it 
 should be used from that side towards which you 
 wish the bow to go. Much less strength is needed to 
 push the bow around in this way, than to ///// it around 
 from the other side, besides which it is much less 
 dangerous. In the latter case the current may swing 
 the stern against and over the pole, and the jar and 
 pressure may send the canoe-man into the water, or 
 make him drop his pole. You should stand erect in 
 the stern, with the left foot in front, and both feet on a 
 line with the length of the canoe. Grasp the pole 
 with both hands, the right uppermost, so that on the 
 end of the push the left will be free to take hold 
 higher up. This position is for poling on the right 
 side. The pole may be shifted from side to side, and 
 either end used, as emergency requires, but the end 
 that is shod with a pick is alone rehable among slip- 
 pery rocks. 
 
 The posture of the man in the stern of a canoe is 
 usually sitting on the rear thwart and rails behind it. 
 
1 8 MOOSEIIEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 The bow-man's best position is kneeling on the bottom, 
 his thighs supported by the second thwart. More work 
 can be done in this position than if sitting on the 
 thwart or on a seat behind it, ahhough the latter is the 
 more comfortable. The more lightly a canoe is loaded, 
 the more easily it can be overturned, and for this rea- 
 son it is best for both the bow-man and stern-man to 
 sit on tho bottom of the canoe while on stormy water. 
 
 The scope of this work will not admit of more gen- 
 eral discussion of this topic. A little practice, and a 
 wetting or two, will give one sufficient insight into the 
 theory to enable one soon to be quite at home in a 
 canoe. 
 
 For leaks in the canoe a mixture of resin, and tal- 
 low or other fresh grease, is generally used. A small 
 quantity of grease is needed, more or less, according 
 as the water is cold or warm. If your mixture should 
 be too soft, boiling will make it harder. It can be 
 tested by putting a few drops on a chip, and dipping 
 it in the water. The bark must be quite dry when it 
 is applied, which condition is best produced by turn- 
 ing over the canoe and exposing it to the sun, or by 
 holding a fire-brand near the injured part. And in 
 this connection it may be said, that a canoe, when not 
 required for use, should always be taken out of the 
 water and turned over. While afloat, its bark be- 
 comes saturated with water, and increases very much 
 in weight. 
 
 For the same reason, do not get sand into your 
 canoe. It gets down under the ribs, and cannot be 
 removed. Wash off the soles of your shoes before 
 you step in, and do not step in when by so doing your 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 1 9 
 
 canoe will be depressed on to sharp rocks or gravel. 
 This rubs the bark and makes the eyes crack. A canoe 
 should be treated as carefully as if it were made of 
 glass. 
 
 If you should unfortunately get out of pitch, and 
 have a leaky canoe, look for a large pine-tree, and cut 
 a small horizontal trough in one side of it, about three 
 or four inches deep, into which the resinous sap will 
 run. Boil this down to the proper consistency, add 
 grease, and apply hot with a small flat stick. If you 
 have not time to do this, a substitute for pitch may be 
 found in spruce-gum. 
 
 It is dangerous to attempt to sail in a canoe. When 
 your course is straight, you can sometimes profitably 
 lash two canoes together, not so close that they will 
 chafe, and, by means of a rubber blanket or coat, sail 
 before the wind. In a single canoe a thick bush 
 planted or held in the bow will greatly help to acceler- 
 ate your speed before the wind. 
 
 It may not be out of place to say here, never allow 
 the man in the stern of a canoe to have a loaded gun 
 by his side while you are in the bow. The reason is 
 too obvious to need explanation. 
 
 GUIDES. 
 
 Well-informed and reliable guides can be secured at 
 prices ranging from one to two and a half dollars a day, 
 according to the locality, and according to the lenr*th 
 and difficulty of the trip in view. At Moosehead Lake, 
 for services rendered parties staying at any of the hotels 
 on the lake, the regular price is two dollars and a half 
 
20 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 and board, or three dollars, the guide to " find " him- 
 self. For services from Moosehead on a trip where a 
 canoe is likely to receive hard usage, three dollars per 
 day and board may be asked, while for a long and not 
 difficult trip less than two and a half dollars and board 
 may be reasonable compensation. 
 
 Away from Moosehead Lake, guide-hire is rarely 
 more than two dollars a day, while at the Forks of the 
 Kennebec and at Sebec Lake good guides may be had 
 for from a dollar to a dollar and a half a day, and 
 board. 
 
 The laws of supply and demand apply to guides and 
 their compensation, as well as to other marketable 
 " commodities," and good guides in the " season " are 
 apt to have little spare time on their hands to dispose 
 of at less than the usual local rates. Inferior guides, 
 lacking in knowledge of the various routes and fish- 
 ing grounds, can be had at a very low price. 
 
 Guides who receive the above-named prices furnish a 
 canoe and the necessary camp " kit," except blankets. 
 Sportsmen provide all the food needed. 
 
 Cases have been not uncommon where men of 
 prominence in their own neighborhood have know- 
 ingly recommended as competent guides persons of 
 notoriously bad character, temper, or incapacity. 
 Again, some guides have wilfully imposed upon parties 
 engaging them, and by misrepresentation, apathy, or 
 opposition to their wishes, have made an utter failure of 
 •A hat could otherwise have been a delightful trip, — one 
 on which perhaps the participants had been building 
 hopes of pleasure for months previously. Such practices 
 do great injury to those guides who conscientiously try 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 2i 
 
 to make their employers realize their expectations of a 
 pleasant vacation, and are apt to reflect on the entire 
 fraternity, to their great discredit.* 
 
 In this connection it may not be out of place to say 
 a word about the treatment of guides. They may pic- 
 ture in exaggerated language the hardships of this or 
 that particular trip, and dwell upon the advantages of 
 some others, which they well know will require much 
 less labor on their part. You thus may be imposed 
 upon, and may miss having a great deal of enjoyment. 
 Get your information well digested before you start, and 
 when your mind is once made up, push ahead. Let 
 your guide understand, at the outset, where you mean 
 to go, and that you expect him to devote all his energy 
 and experience to getting there. 
 
 On the other hand, do not harass him in trivial 
 matters. Some persons stand over a guide, when he is 
 cooking, and object to this way of holding the frying- 
 pan, or that way of turning the flippers, and perhaps 
 in a majority of cases thoughtlessly annoy him when 
 there is no necessity for it. 
 
 Give your guide plenty of time to select a good 
 camp-ground, and to prepare for the night. Favor 
 him when you can. Keep your end of the canoe trim, 
 and do not hesitate to get out and walk now and then, 
 if by so doing you can avoid tearing or scraping the 
 bark. 
 
 * Visitors at Moosehead Lake can obtain reliable informa- 
 tion about guides, from the superintendent of the Mt. Kineo 
 House, and excursionists will do well, in all cases, to engage 
 their guides a month in advance. 
 
22 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 CAMP-GROUND. 
 
 It is of the utmost importance for tourists to stop 
 early enough, at the end of each day, to select a good 
 site for their camp, to pitch their tent, and to get wood 
 enough together to last over night. Many people do 
 not seem to think how hard it is to do all of these things 
 in the dark. Only an absolute necessity should induce 
 ■ate camping. An hour before sunset is late enough to 
 cease paddling. 
 
 A good camp-ground will be one with a good land- 
 ing, — not a steep, muddy bank, — where there is 
 plenty of wood, good water, and where the ground is 
 dry and level. A small tree or two may have to be cut 
 down, and all roots and " humps " should be removed. 
 They make themselves very prominent before morning, 
 even when covered generously with boughs. 
 
 The tent should be pitched with the head to wind- 
 ward, so that the smoke from the fire shall not be blown 
 into it. It should also be well under shelter, in antici- 
 pation of high winds or heavy rain, and in a position 
 where a heavy rain would not be likely to flood it. 
 
 The ridge-pole and uprights should be well trimmed 
 of all projecting twigs which might make a hole in the 
 tent, except that the uprights may have left on one side 
 several such, on which to hang belts, cups, and the like. 
 The uprights should be cut about nine feet long, with 
 a slight notch on the upper end, and the lower end 
 sharpened. Drive them into the ground, by their own 
 weight, and work them from side to side, thus enlar- 
 ging and deepening the holes until the poles are sunk 
 sufficiently to stand out of ground the height of the 
 

 w^V 
 
 ;JIcfcKin«t^(!;' Y^ 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ^,^^^x 
 
 •Pmf 
 
 Eemkfk • 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 23 
 
 tent. Then lay the latter out flat on its side, put the 
 ridge-pole in its place, along the top of the tent,, take 
 down the uprights and insert them under the side of 
 the tent, up against the ends of the ridge-pole, and, 
 with one person holding each of the two poles, lift into 
 a perpendicular position, and set them into their holes. 
 They will usually stand alone while the pins (notched 
 sticks) are being driven into the ground. 
 
 A string stretched across the tent, just under the 
 lidge-pole, will make .a good clothes-line for socks, 
 towels, and the like. Guns and rods can be stacked 
 around the pole at the head of the tent, at night, and 
 made secure by a strap. 
 
 The historic camp-bed is made of fir-boughs, laid 
 down in rows with the under side up, and overlapping 
 each other shingle fashion, the larger part, or stem, 
 being covered by the adjoining layer. It requires some 
 knack to break off boughs from fir-trees. A quick snap, 
 accomplished by the thumb and fore and middle fingers, 
 does it. 
 
 Tables and seats can be improvised, and with a small 
 amount of labor a camp can be considerably embel- 
 lished. Two rubber blankets stretched over a ridge- 
 pole, which is laid on, and tied to, the branches of 
 adjoining trees, make an excellent canopy for the table. 
 To provide a seat, select two trees about four or five 
 feet apart ; with your axe cut into them on the same 
 side for several inches, about a foot and a half above 
 ground. Then make several perpendicular cuts into 
 this part of the trees, into which drive a wedge, which 
 shall project about a foot, and a little above a horizon- 
 tal. On these wedges lay poles cut the proper length, 
 and you have your seat. 
 
24 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 A candlestick may be made, by taking a stick as 
 large round as your thumb, sharpening one end, split- 
 ting the other, and inserting the candle, which will be 
 held in place by the elasticity of the wood. If not, it 
 can be tied with a string or withe. 
 
 CAMP-FIRE. 
 
 The camp-fire should be built about six feet from 
 the door of your tent. The large trunk of a tree, say 
 five feet long and two feet in diameter, (or two smaller 
 logs, one on top of the other,) makes your back-log, or 
 reflector, while two smaller and shorter ones, placed at 
 right angles to it, about four feet apart, make your 
 "hand-junks," all of them preferably of hard wood. 
 The active or burning part of the fire will be between 
 the hand-junks, and it may readily be lighted with 
 birch-bark. Dry soft-wood is usually abundant. Dead 
 wood found lying on the ground is apt to be wet and 
 soggy, and will not burn readily. Pull down two or 
 three small dead trees, which can quickly be cut or 
 broken up in lengths to suit. This serves well to kindle 
 your fire, after which hard wood will be found hotter 
 and less crackly. 
 
 The following woods are good for cooking, when 
 dry, substantially in the order named : pine, fir, cedar, 
 hemlock, and spruce. The last four kinds crackle con- 
 siderably, and make a great quantity of ashes. A dead 
 and partially decayed hemlock will burn-well, and will 
 not crackle very much. 
 
 All of the foregoing, when green, have a good deal 
 of gum in them, except cedar, which splits easily, and 
 is much used for tables, skin-stretchers, and the like. 
 
|||ipiiiiii|iiiiii|ir*^mjibi^ 
 
 IIIIIII I II V M 
 
 
 |iiiiiiiiii p/^yiiiii Ml 
 
 'i|i'ii|iiiiiiiiiiipjipii ii II iiiiiiiii|j 
 'fib ^ 'f^ I'l 
 
 •|^ wiv/il 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 2$ 
 
 Of the hard woods, rock-maple and yellow-birch are 
 the hardest found in Northern Maine. The latter, 
 being very tough, and usually growing to a much 
 greater size than rock-maple, is good for back-logs and 
 hand-junks, while white-birch is easily split, burns 
 freely, but does not give as much heat as rock-maple 
 or yellow-birch. 
 
 COOKING. 
 
 Having given the kinds of food suitable for camp, 
 and the quantities of each to be provided, it may not 
 be out of place to give a few hints as to its preparation 
 for the table. 
 
 Fish chowder is one of the readiest of camp dishes, 
 as well as one of the most palatable. Clean your fish, 
 cut it into pieces about an inch long, peel and slice 
 your potatoes, not too thin, and put into your pail 
 alternate layers of fish and potatoes, together with a 
 small quantity of pork or bacon cut into small squares, 
 and a quarter of an onion chopped fine. Season each 
 layer, as you put it in, with salt and pepper, and cover 
 the whole with water. Boil about fifteen or twenty 
 minutes, after which stir in one or two table-spoonfuls 
 of condensed milk, add hard-bread, soaked or not, to 
 suit the fancy, and leave on the fire a few moments 
 longer. After the hard-bread shall have been added, 
 great care should be taken that the mixture does not 
 burn. 
 
 For duck, partridge, or musquash stew, cut the 
 meat into small pieces, and place it in a pail, two 
 
26 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 thirds full of water, where it can boil gently. After 
 half an hour or more, according to the tenderness of 
 the meat, season to the taste, add two handfuls of 
 pearled barley, and boil twenty minutes longer, taking 
 care that the barley does not burn on the bottom of 
 the pail. In the absence of barley, thicken with a 
 little flour previously dissolved in cold water. 
 
 For white bread, a small quantity of baking powder, 
 according to directions which accompany the latter, 
 and a pinch of salt, should be thoroughly mixed with 
 the flour, dry. Then add cold water, stir vigorously, 
 and knead ad libitum. Bread can be baked in a regu- 
 lar baker, or in a frying-pan. The latter method re- 
 quires good coals and a hot fire. Put the dough in 
 the pan, which has been previously greased, and set 
 the latter on a small bed of coals, a foot or more from 
 the fire. Leave it there a few moments, until the 
 under side shall have hardened enough to retain its 
 shape. Then tilt the pan up, and support it by a 
 crotched stick stuck into the hole in the end of the 
 handle. The bed of coals behind and underneath, 
 and the fire in front, will soon cook the loaf, which will 
 need watching and turning. 
 
 "Flippers," or "flap-jacks," are mixed like bread, 
 except that a little more baking powder is used, and a 
 good deal more water. 
 
 Graham bread is made like wheat bread, except 
 that a little sugar is added to the other ingredients. 
 Any farinaceous article which contains sugar or mo- 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 27 
 
 lasses will, when baking, burn much more easily than 
 one without sweets, and therefore needs more careful 
 watching. 
 
 A good johnny-cake, or suet-cake, can be made of 
 equal parts of wheat flour and corn meal. First mix 
 in your baking powder, then cut up into small squares 
 a piece of pork, try out the fat, and pour the whole 
 into your pan with molasses and a little cold water. 
 Stir briskly, and bake before a hot fire. 
 
 Some persons prefer " prepared " flour for camp use, 
 but the writer has always had the best of success with 
 baking powders. 
 
 For baked beans you need an iron pot with close- 
 fitting cover, and a good dry bean-hole. The latter 
 can be dug with the blade of your paddle, near the 
 camp-fire. A fire should be made and kept ablaze in 
 it for an hour or more, so as thoroughly to heat the 
 ground. Pine bark, cherry, or black-birch sticks make 
 good coals. 
 
 Pick over the beans, put them into a pail of water, 
 and set on the fire after, or during, supper. Parboil 
 until the skin can easily be rubbed off the beans, when 
 the water must be drained off, and the beans trans- 
 ferred to their iron pot. Put a good piece of pork in 
 the middle near the top, add two teaspoonfuls of 
 molasses, and cover the whole with water. The coals 
 should then be shovelled out of the hole, a few being 
 left on the bottom, the covered pot set in and sur- 
 rounded by coals, on top and on the sides. Cover the 
 
28 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 coals, in turn, with earth, and be careful not to leave 
 any part uncovered, for the wind may fan the coals 
 into too rapid combustion, and in the morning you 
 will find your beans burnt. 
 
 It is hardly necessary to add directions for making 
 tea and coffee, boiling or frying potatoes, or frying fish, 
 except that fish should be put into the frying-pan only 
 after the grease is thoroughly hot. Every one is sup- 
 posed to know how these simpler dishes are prepared. 
 Should any camper-out fail of the requisite knowledge, 
 let him once become hungry, really " camp-hungry," 
 and he will need no instructor. The art of cooking 
 will come of itself. 
 
 DRESSING GAME. 
 
 The larger game of the woods is skinned by cutting 
 through the hide, under the belly, from the tail to the 
 neck, and laterally up the four legs and around the 
 knees and hocks. The skin is then stripped or cut 
 from the body, the animal lying on its back. The 
 layer of flesh under the belly is deceptively thin. 
 Therefore, in cutting through it to take out the entrails 
 care must be exercised not to cut them. Their connec- 
 tion with the body is severed just back of the breast. 
 The carcass should finally be washed thoroughly, and 
 hung up by means of the sinews on the hind legs. 
 All refuse matter should be buried at a long distance 
 from camp. 
 
 The brisket, or breast, the " back-half," a part of 
 tlie fore-quarter which runs on the ridge of the back 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 29 
 
 on either side of the spine and above the ribs, and the 
 hind-quarters, are generally the best parts of large 
 game, while in the moose the tongue, nose, and lower 
 lip, and in the beaver the tail and liver, are considered 
 great delicacies. 
 
 The smaller fur-bearing animals, such as otter, mink, 
 and musquash, are skinned by cutting across the end 
 of the body from the hock of one leg to that of the 
 other ; then the lower parts of the hind-legs are cut off 
 without being separated from the skin, which is pulled 
 down, on all sides, over the body of the animal, after 
 the manner of a stocking. 
 
 Trout are prepared for the frying-pan by being cut 
 lengthwise along the belly, and having the entrails re- 
 moved and the head and tail cut off. A pleasant flavor 
 is imparted to them by hanging them where they will 
 be in the smoke of the camp-fire for several hours. 
 
 HYGIENIC NOTES. 
 
 [The following pages are taken, with the kind permission of 
 Dr. Elliott Coues, U. S. A., from that gentleman's valuable work 
 on " Field Ornithology," (Salem, Naturalists' Agency,) and the 
 advice given in them cannot fail to prove serviceable, both to 
 those who go into the woods to camp out, and to those who 
 stay at home. It is here offered again to the public by the 
 writer of this little book, with a grateful sense of the obligation 
 he, in common with many others, is under to its author.] 
 
 ACCIDENTS. 
 
 Ahuays carry a loaded gun at half-cock, unless you 
 are about to shoot. Unless the lock fail, accidental 
 discharge is impossible, except under these circum- 
 
so MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Stances : a, a direct blow on the nipple or pin ; by 
 catching of both hammer and trigger simultaneously, 
 drawing back of the former and its release whilst the 
 trigger is still held, — the chances against which are 
 simply incalculable. Full-cock, ticklish as it seems, is 
 safer than no-cock, when a tap on the hammer or even 
 the heel-plate, or a slight catch and" release of the 
 hammer, may cause discharge. Never let the muzzle 
 of a loaded gun point toward your own person for a 
 single instant. Get your gun over fences or into boats 
 or carriages, before you get over or in yourself, or at 
 any rate no later. Remove caps or cartridges on enter- 
 ing a house. Never aim a gun, loaded or not, at any 
 object, unless you mean to press the trigger. Never 
 put a loaded gun away long enough to forget whether 
 it is loaded or not ; never leave a loaded gun to be 
 found by others under circumstances reasonably pre- 
 supposing it to be unloaded. Never put a gun where 
 it can be knocked down by a dog or a child. Never 
 forget that, though a gunning accident may be some- 
 times interpretable (from a certain standpoint) as a 
 "dispensation of Providence," such are dispensed 
 oftenest to the careless 
 
 The secret of safe clwibing is never to relax one 
 hold until another is secured ; it is in spirit equally 
 applicable to scrambling over rocks, a particularly diffi- 
 cult thing to do safely with a loaded gun. Test rotten, 
 slippery, or otherwise suspicious holds, before trusting 
 them. In lifting the body up anywhere keep the 
 mouth shut, breathe through the nostrils, and go 
 slowly. 
 
 In swimming, waste no strength unnecessarily in 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 3 1 
 
 trying to stem a current; yield partly, and land 
 obliquely lower down ; if exhausted, float, — the slight- 
 est motion of the hands will ordinarily keep the face 
 above water ; and in any event keep your wits col- 
 lected. In fording deeply a heavy stone will strengthen 
 your position. Never sail a boat experimentally ; if 
 you are no sailor, take one with you or stay on land. 
 
 In crossing a high, narrow footpath, never look lower 
 than your feet ; the muscles will work true, if not con- 
 fused with faltering instructions from a giddy brain. 
 On soft ground see what, if anything, has preceded 
 you ; large hoof-marks generally mean that the way is 
 safe ; if none are found, inquire for yourself before 
 going on. Quicksand is the most treacherous, be- 
 cause far more dangerous than it looks ; but I have 
 seen a mule's ears finally disappear in genuine mud. 
 Cattle-paths, however erratic, commonly prove the 
 surest way out of a difficult place, whether of uncer- 
 tain footing or dense undergrowth. 
 
 MUSM. 
 
 Unguarded exposure in malarious regions usually 
 entails sickness, often preventable, however, by due 
 precautions. It is worth knowing, in the first place, 
 that miasmatic poison is most powerful between sun- 
 set and sunrise, — more exactly, from the damp of the 
 evening until night vapors are dissipated ; we may be 
 out in the daytime with comparative impunity where 
 to pass a night would be almost certain disease. If ' 
 forced to camp out, seek the highest and driest spot, 
 put a good fire on the swamp side, and also, if possi- 
 
32 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 ble, let trees intervene. Never go out on an empty 
 stomach ; just a cup of coffee and a crust may make 
 a decided difference. Meet the earliest unfavorable 
 symptoms with quinine, — I should rather say, if unac- 
 climated, anticipate them with this invaluable agent. 
 Endeavor to maintain high health of all functions by 
 the natural means of regularity and temperance in diet, 
 exercise and repose. 
 
 "TAKING COLD." 
 
 This vague " household word " indicates one or 
 more of a long varied train of unpleasant affections, 
 nearly always traceable to one or the other of only two 
 causes : sudden change of temperature, and unequal 
 distribution of temperature. No extremes of heat or 
 cold can alone effect this result; persons frozen to 
 death do not " take cold " during the process. But 
 if a- part of the body be rapidly cooled, as by evapora- 
 tion from a wet article of clothing, or by sitting in a 
 draught of air, the rest of the body remaining at an 
 ordinary temperature ; or if the temperature of the 
 whole be suddenly changed by going out into the cold, 
 or, especially, by coming into a warm room, there is 
 much hability of trouble. There is an old saying, 
 " When the air comes through a hole, say your prayers 
 to save your soul " ; and I should think almost any 
 one could get a "cold" with a spoonful of water on 
 the wrist held to a key-hole. Singular as it may seem, 
 •sudden warming when cold is more dangerous than 
 the reverse ; every one has noticed how soon the hand- 
 kerchief is required on entering a heated room on a 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 33 
 
 cold day. Frost-bite is an extreme illustration of this. 
 As the Irishman said on picking himself up, it was not 
 the fall, but stopping so quickly, that hurt him ; it is 
 not the lowering of the temperature to the freezing- 
 point, but its subsequent elevation, that devitahzes the 
 tissue. This is why rubbing with snow, or bathing in 
 cold water, is required to restore safely a frozen part ; 
 the arrested circulation must be very gradually re- 
 estabhshed, or inflammation, perhaps mortification 
 ensues. General precautions against taking cold are 
 almost self-evident, in this light. There is ordinarily 
 little if any danger to be apprehended from wet clothes, 
 so long as exercise is kept up ; for the " glow " about 
 compensates for the extra cooling by evaporation. 
 Nor is a complete drenching more likely to be injuri- 
 ous than wetting of one part. But never sit still wet ; 
 and in changing, rub the body dry. There is a general 
 tendency, springing from fatigue, indolence, or indiffer- 
 ence, to neglect damp feet ; that is to say, to dry them 
 by the fire ; but this process is tedious and uncertain. 
 I would say especially, off with the muddy boots and 
 sodden socks at once, — dry stockings and slippers, 
 after a hunt, may make just the difference of your 
 being able to go out again or never. 
 
 Take care never to check perspiration ; during this 
 process the body is in a somewhat critical condition, 
 and sudden arrest of the function may result disas- 
 ti'ously, — even fatally. One part of the business of 
 perspiration is to equalize bodily temperature, and it 
 must not be interfered with. The secret of much that 
 is to be said about bathing when heated, lies here. A 
 person overheated, panting it may be, with throbbing 
 3 
 
34 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 temples and a dry skin, is in danger partly because the 
 natural cooling by evaporation from the skin is denied, 
 and this condition is sometimes not far from a " sun- 
 stroke." Under these circumstances, a person of fairly 
 good constitution may plunge into the water with 
 impunity, — even with benefit. But if the' body be 
 already cooling by sweating, rapid abstraction of heat 
 from the surface may cause internal congestion, never 
 unattended with danger. Drinking ice-water offers a 
 somewhat parallel case ; even on stooping to drink at 
 the brook, when flushed with heat, it is well to bathe 
 the face and hands first, and to taste the water before 
 a full draught. 
 
 It is a well-known excellent rule, not to bathe imme- 
 diately after a full meal ; because during digestion the 
 organs concerned are comparatively engorged, and any 
 sudden disturbance of the circulation may be disas- 
 trous. 
 
 The imperative necessity of resisting drowsiness 
 under extreme cold requires no comment. 
 
 In walking under a hot sun the head may be sensi- 
 bly protected by green leaves or grass in the hat ; they 
 may be advantageously moistened, but not enough to 
 drip about the ears. Under such circumstances the 
 slightest giddiness, dimness of sight, or confusion of 
 ideas, should be taken as a warning of possible sun- 
 stroke, instantly demanding rest, and shelter if practi- 
 cable. 
 
 HUNGER AND FATIGUE 
 
 are more closely related than they might seem to 
 be ; one is a sign that the fuel is out, and the other 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 35 
 
 asks for it. Extreme fatigue, indeed, destroys appe- 
 tite ; this simply means, temporary incapacity for di- 
 gestion. But even far short of this, food is more easily 
 digested, and better relished after a litde preparation 
 of the furnace. On coming home tired it is much bet- 
 ter to make a leisurely and reasonably nice toilet than 
 to eat at once, or to He still thinking how tired you 
 are ; after a change and a wash you will feel like a 
 " new man," and go to table in capital state. What- 
 ever dietetic irregularities a high state of civilization may 
 demand or render practicable, a normally healthy per- 
 son is inconvenienced almost as soon as his regular 
 meal-time passes without food ; and few can work com- 
 fortably or profitably fasting over six or eight hours. 
 Eat before starting ; if for a day's tramp, take a lunch ; 
 the most frugal meal will appease if it do not satisfy 
 hunger, and so postpone its urgency. As a small scrap 
 of practical wisdom, I would add, keep the remnants 
 of the lunch, if there are any ; for you cannot always 
 be sure of getting in to supper. 
 
 STIMULATION. 
 
 When cold, fatigued, depressed in mind, and on other 
 occasions, you may feel inclined to resort to artificial 
 stimulus. Respecting this many-sided theme I have a 
 few words to offer of direct bearing on the [bird] col- 
 lector's case. It should be clearly understood, in the 
 first place, that a stimulant confers no strength what- 
 ever ; it simply calls the powers that be into increased 
 action at their own expense. Seeking real strength in 
 stimulus is as wise as an attempt to hft yourself up by 
 
36 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 the boot-straps. You may gather yourself to leap the 
 ditch and you clear it ; but no such muscular energy 
 can be sustained ; exhaustion speedily renders further 
 expenditure impossible. But now suppose a very pow- 
 erful mental impression be made, say the circumstance 
 of a succession of ditches in front, and a mad dog 
 behind ; if the stimulus of terror be sufficiently strong, 
 you may leap on till you drop senseless. Alcoholic 
 stimulus is a parallel case, and is not seldom pushed to 
 the same extreme. Under its influence you never can 
 tell when you are tired ; the expenditure goes on, in- 
 deed, with unnatural rapidity, only it is not felt at the 
 time ; but the upshot is, you have all the original fatigue 
 to endure and to recover from, plus the fatigue result- 
 ing from over-excitation of the system. 
 
 Taken as a fortification against cold, alcohol is as 
 unsatisfactory as a remedy for fatigue. Insensibility 
 to cold does not imply protection. The fact is, the 
 exposure is greater than before ; the circulation and 
 respiration being hurried, the waste is greater, and as 
 sound fuel cannot be immediately supplied, the tem- 
 perature of the body is soon lowered. The transient 
 warmth and glow over, the system has both cold and 
 depression to endure ; there is no use in borrowing 
 from yourself and fancying you are richer. 
 
 Secondly, the value of any stimulus (except in a few 
 exigencies of disease or injury) is in proportion, not 
 to the intensity, but to the equableness and durability 
 of its effect. This is one reason why tea, coffee, and 
 articles of corresponding qualities, are preferable to 
 alcoholic drinks ; they work so smoothly that their 
 effect is often unnoticed, and they " stay by " well ; 
 
HINTS TO CAMPERS. 37 
 
 the friction of alcohol is tremendous in comparison. 
 A glass of grog may help a veteran over the fence, but 
 no one, young or old, can shoot all day on whiskey. . . . 
 Thirdly, undue excitation of any physical function 
 is followed by corresponding depression, on the simple 
 principle that action and reaction are equal : and the 
 balance of health turns too easily to be wilfully dis- 
 turbed. Stimulation is a draft upon vital capital, when 
 interest alone should suffice ; it mu.y be needed at 
 times to bridge a chasm, but habitual living beyond 
 vital income infallibly entails bankruptcy in health. 
 The use of alcohol in health seems practically re- 
 stricted to purposes of sensuous gratification on the 
 part of those prepared to pay a round price for this 
 luxury. The three golden rules here are, never drink 
 before breakfast, never drink alone, and never drink 
 bad liquor ; their observance may make even the 
 abuse of alcohol tolerable. Serious objections for a 
 naturalist, at least, are that science, viewed through 
 a glass, seems distant and uncertain, while the joys 
 of rum are immediate and unquestionable ; and that 
 intemperance, being an attempt to defy certain physi- 
 cal laws, is therefore eminently unscientific. 
 
(( '^ 1 
 
PART SECOND. 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND IMME- 
 DIATE VICINITY. 
 
 BOSTON TO BANGOR. 
 
 One can leave Boston, via the Eastern, or Boston 
 and Maine, and Maine Central Railroads, at half past 
 seven o'clock in the morning, arriving in Bangor the 
 same evening, where a good night's rest may be en- 
 joyed at any of the comfortable hotels of that city. 
 The most expeditious way, and one perhaps as comfort 
 able as any, is to leave Boston at seven o'clock in the 
 evening, taking the Pullman train on the Eastern and 
 Maine Central roads, and arrive in Bangor early the 
 next morning, in time to eat a good breakfast at the well- 
 kept restaurant in the depot, or at one of the hotels, 
 before proceeding further. Luggage is checked through 
 from Boston to Blanchard, the present terminus of the 
 Bangor and Piscataquis Railroad. 
 
 The train of the European and North American 
 Railway, which carries Moosehead Lake passengers 
 from Bangor to Oldtown, is made up at the Maine 
 Central depot, and leaves it some ten minutes before 
 the time advertised for starting (7 : lo a.m.). The 
 
40 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 depot of the European and North American Railway is 
 a quarter of a mile beyond, on Exchange Street. 
 
 One can go by water from Boston to Bangor, leav- 
 ing the former place at five o'clock, p.m., and reaching 
 Bangor about noon the following day. By this route, 
 however, one day and night are lost, as the afternoon 
 train from Bangor to Blanchard is a mixed one, and 
 arrives at Blanchard late at night. There are no night 
 stages to Greenville, and no hotel accommodations at 
 Blanchard station, except such as the restaurant offers. 
 
 BANGOR TO THE LAKE. 
 
 Leaving Bangor at half past seven in the morning, 
 the train carries one along the west bank of the Penob- 
 scot, over the European and North American Railway, 
 twelve miles, to Oldtown. Here from the car-window 
 can soon be seen, across the water, the Indian island, 
 with its church and numerous dwelhng-houses, — an 
 object of curiosity to all strangers. 
 
 At Oldtown the train divides, and an engine in 
 waiting is attached to the Moosehead Lake cars, which 
 it hurries over the Bangor and Piscataquis Railroad, 
 as fast as prudence, and a regard for stray cows, will 
 allow. 
 
 In clear weather good views of Mount Ktaadn can 
 be had from South Lagrange and from Milo. 
 
 The country through which the cars pass is pretty, 
 although not specially interesting, until they near the 
 town of Blanchard. Russell Mountain and other peaks 
 then appear on the left, frowning down on the valley 
 of the Piscataquis. The road-bed lies on the brow 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 4 1 
 
 of a high ridge to the east of the valley, and affords 
 many a picturesque view of the valley and mountains 
 beyond. 
 
 The cars arrive at Blanchard station between eleven 
 
 and half past eleven o'clock, and, after having had 
 
 an opportunity to lunch in the restaurant at the depot, 
 
 passengers mount the stage, and for five miles cilmb 
 
 over a number of hills which lie between Blanchard 
 
 and Shirley. At the latter place the horses are watered, 
 
 fares collected, and with a merry crack of the whip 
 
 the stage proceeds. The seven miles of road between 
 
 Shirley and Greenville are better than the other five, 
 
 the hills shorter and less tedious, and, when within a 
 
 mile or two of the lake, the scenery unfolds charmingly. 
 
 Squaw Mountain, previously visible from many points on 
 
 the road, looms up on the left, wiiile on the right are 
 
 Lily Bay, Baker, Elephant, Indian or Rum, White Cap, 
 
 and many other peaks of interest, and ranges of lesser 
 
 mountains which extend far away to the east. 
 
 GREENVILLE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Greenville, a small village with one church and about 
 tv/o hundred inhabitants, is at the southern end of 
 Moosehead Lake, on an arm called the East Cove, 
 and is the focus of the logging operations on the 
 upper Kennebec and Penobscot waters. SuppHes are 
 hauled from here in winter over or around the lake to 
 the various logging camps, and all travel to and from 
 the camps is through Greenville. 
 
42 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Apart from the arrival and departure of the stage 
 there is nothing, in summer or winter, specially to 
 interest strangers in Greenville, more than in niany 
 other favorite country resorts. The view of the lake 
 from the village is pretty, although circumscribed, but 
 perhaps the mountain-tops, and the snatches of water 
 visible among the rocky and wooded islets near at 
 hand, awaken a larger anticipation of the scenes and 
 enjoyment still to come. 
 
 There are two hotels in Greenville, the Eveleth and 
 Lake Houses, at either of which visitors are atten- 
 tively cared for and hospitably entertained. Guests 
 can obtain teams at reasonable rates, with or without 
 a driver, to make excursions to Wilson Pond or else- 
 where in the neighborhood. Campers-out will find 
 several good stores at Greenville, where they can get 
 almost all the necessary articles of camp fare, or of 
 camp equipage, including canoes. 
 
 Near Greenville there are a number of ponds and 
 streams in which trout abound, and which sportsmen 
 frequently visit. The most noteworthy are the 
 
 WILSON PONDS, 
 
 the nearer of which is three miles distant, to the east. 
 A good wagon-road runs two miles of the way, to a 
 farm where teams can be left and baited. The other 
 mile may be walked, and the path leads over the farm, 
 down a steep bank to the lower and larger pond. Fish 
 are taken here almost exclusively with bait, and it is 
 said that when they bite here, they will not rise in the 
 lake, and vice versa. Boats can be hired at fifty cents 
 a day. 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 43 
 
 A boat-ride across the lower pond and a short walk 
 over a good path take one to the upper pond, which 
 lies very prettily ensconced among surrounding moun- 
 tains. Gerrish Pond, west of Big Wilson, Eagle Stream, 
 Coffee House Stream (so called from the fact that a 
 tavern or " coffee-house " stood on its banks in former 
 days when the road to Moosehead ran due north 
 through the centre of Monson), and other tributaries 
 of Wilson Stream contain many a trout-hole, while 
 numerous waterfalls along their courses, high and pic- 
 turesque, add to the pleasure of a day's ramble through 
 the cool recesses of the surrounding forests. 
 
 A drive or walk of three miles up the Lily Bay road 
 to the McFarland place, formerly owned by the Rev. 
 Mr. Cameron, will afford one a magnificent view of 
 Squaw Mt., the lake, and its pretty islands below. 
 Other pleasant walks and drives may be had in differ- 
 ent directions, and a variety of pretty excursions may 
 be made on the lake by sail-boat or canoe. With all 
 its varied attractions one can spend a few days in 
 the neighborhood of Greenville very pleasantly and 
 quietly. 
 
 FITZGERALD AND SQUAW PONDS. 
 
 From the foot of the lake it is about six miles by 
 water to Johnson's Landing, a mile west of North 
 Squaw Brook, whence a logging road leads, half a mile, 
 direct to Fitzgerald Pond. Squaw Pond can be reached 
 from W^est Cove by a path two and a half miles long, 
 or one can go the whole distance overland from Green- 
 ville, perhaps a mile further. A boat is usually kept at 
 
44 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 the pond. Squaw Brooks are not navigable by canoes 
 for more than a few rods. Fishing is sometimes good 
 at their mouths, and in the ponds of which they are the 
 oudets. 
 
 THE ASCENT OF SQUAW MT. 
 
 is made most easily over a path bushed out and cut 
 anew in 1880. It leaves the north side of North 
 Squaw Brook, and for two miles or more runs nearly 
 west with a slight rise, being thus far an old logging- 
 road and wet in some places. It then turns to the left, 
 crosses a gully, and rises abruptly, the entire distance 
 to the summit being about six miles, and requiring 
 somewhat less than four hours to accomplish it com- 
 fortably. Half a mile below the summit are a miniature 
 pond, a brook of good water, and excellent camp- 
 ground well protected from the wind. A magnificent 
 panorama opens out before one from the summit, the 
 view taking in mountain, lake, and forest for miles, 
 and including the Spencer Mts., Ktaadn, Joe Merry, 
 White Cap, and other peaks near Katahdin Iron Works, 
 Barren, Boarstone, Russell, Bigelow, Abraham, Miseree, 
 and Bald, from the southeast, around to the west and 
 northwest. Squaw Mt. is 2,267 feet above Moosehead 
 Lake, or 3,262 feet above sea-level. The descent to 
 the lake can be made in two hours. 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Each renewed visit to Moosehead Lake attaches one 
 more firmly to its magic presence and lovely views, 
 every feature of which offers the returning traveller an 
 indescribable welcome. Stretching here and there in 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 45 
 
 irregular and broken confusion, its coves and bays 
 grope about, as it were, like the arms of a cephalopod ; 
 studded with islands numerous as the days of the year, 
 from the tiny rocklet with its scanty, half-starved off- 
 spring of bushes, to the more extended area, covered 
 with prodigal growths of fir and spruce ; surrounded 
 by mountains, whose soft oudines and ever- varying 
 tints are objects of untiring admiration; — these, and a 
 thousand other beauties that steal unconsciously into 
 the spirit, paint a wondrous picture, and fill one's being 
 with fervent thanks to the Creator. 
 
 Moosehead Lake, nine hundred and ninety-five feet 
 above sea-level, is about thirty-eight miles long, and 
 varies in width from one to fourteen miles. Several 
 hotels and taverns have sprung up, here and there, on 
 its shores, and of late years the continuity of its dark 
 green forests has been broken by the bright patches 
 of farm lands, and white farm-houses peep up in many 
 places, to indicate the thrift of their sturdy owners. 
 
 At Greenville will be found boats of all descriptions, 
 from canoes to steamers. Tourists go up the lake 
 either in sail-boats, which are to let by the day or 
 week with the services of their owners, and as many 
 more guides as may be necessary, or they take passage 
 on one of the steamers which ply regularly between the 
 foot of the lake and Kineo. The latter make two trips 
 a day in the season between these places, and twice a 
 week or oftener go beyond Kineo to the head of the 
 lake. Their captains are very obliging, and to accom- 
 modate parties often go out of their regular course to 
 the East Outlet, Spencer Narrows, and other points less 
 distant. At almost any time a steamer may be char- 
 tered for a day or excursion at reasonable rates. 
 
46 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 A telegraph line is now open at all seasons to Green- 
 ville, Wilson's at the East Outlet, and Mt. Kineo 
 House. 
 
 Soon after the arrival of the stage, about three o'clock, 
 the regular afternoon steamer leaves its wharf and 
 threads its way among a number of small islands, pass- 
 ing to the right and almost within touching distance 
 of Mile Island with its white barrel-capped mast, then 
 almost grazing on the other side Ledge Island, the 
 most prominent mass of granite in the lake. West 
 Cove, the point of land north of it, and the sloping 
 sides of Moose Island ghde by on the left successively, 
 and the steamer is abreast of Burnt Jacket Cliif on the 
 east in quite an open expanse of water, from which a 
 fine prospect is had of Squaw Mt. From just above 
 and just below Burnt Jacket a glimpse may be had of 
 White Cap Mt. at the east. 
 
 The steamer's course then lies past Birch Island, 
 between Deer and Sugar Islands, which are so large as 
 to be undistinguishable from the mainland. Emerging 
 from her narrow channel she has now accomplished 
 half of her journey (ten miles), and enters the widest 
 part of the lake, where it is fourteen miles across from 
 the Kennebec Dam to the head of Spencer Bay. Be- 
 yond the latter the two Spencer Mountains, the rounded 
 outlines of whose summits have been visible from the 
 road back of Greenville and from time to time from 
 the surface of the lake, now stand out in all their 
 immensity, no foot-hills near to dwarf their proportions. 
 East of them, on a clear day, Ktaadn's mightier but 
 more distant mass discloses its rugged outlines and 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 47 
 
 more varied contrasts of light and shadow, calling forth 
 expressions at once of surprise and admiration. 
 
 North and west of the Spencers is Lobster Mt., to 
 the left of it Little Kineo, Dry Mt., and Kineo, whose 
 form, all but its very summit, long and flat, has hitherto 
 been hidden from sight, while northwest and west the 
 Blue Ridge, massive Bald Mt., pointed Miseree, and 
 the forked peaks of Mts. Abraham and Bigelow can 
 all be seen distinctly on a clear day. West of Deer 
 Island are the 
 
 EAST OUTLET AND DAM, 
 
 where the Kennebec resumes its course, previously 
 interrupted by the lake at the mouth of Moose River. 
 A small hotel here accommodates a goodly number 
 of guests, who frequent this favorite fishing-ground in 
 September. Black, Green, and Snake Islands lie in 
 the lake near tlie shore just above the outlet. 
 
 The Kennebec is very rapid immediately below the 
 dam, and although a part of the distance between the 
 dam and 
 
 INDIAN POND 
 
 is easy to run, it is considered safer to be hauled 
 across, five miles, over a good road. On the right 
 bank of the river, about two miles below the dam, is a 
 farm where a team can be secured to do the neces- 
 sary hauling. A road runs from the same farm to 
 Churchill Stream. Indian Pond is divided into two 
 parts, connected by a thoroughfare, and altogether is 
 over three miles long. There is good fishing at the 
 mouth of West Outlet Stream, in the thoroughfare. 
 
48 MOOSEIIEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 and at the outlet of the pond. Below this point the 
 river is wild and "ragged " for seven miles, and canoes 
 seldom venture to brave the perils of its navigation. 
 
 Ten miles from the Kennebec Dam, on the opposite 
 or east side of the lake, is Spencer Bay, which extends 
 northeast four miles from narrows of the same name. 
 Into its upper end empty Spencer Brook and Roach 
 River. The latter stream flows some six or seven miles 
 from 
 
 ROACH POND, 
 
 and is rapid, rocky, and hard to navigate. A road 
 lies on the right bank. The better way to reach the 
 pond is by road from Greenville. A tavern stands on 
 the shore of Lily Bay, near the mouth of North Brook. 
 From here to Roach Pond is seven miles, and to 
 Greenville, thirteen. A buckboard can be procured at 
 the Lily Bay House to haul one to Davis's, at the out- 
 let of Roach Pond, where there is a substantial hotel 
 with all the comforts which care and attention can pro- 
 vide in this isolated region. The ride is rather rough, 
 and occupies about two hours and a half. At the dam 
 in the river, near the hotel, and in pools below the 
 dam, and also at the upper end of the pond, good 
 trout-fishing is to be had. From the mouth of South 
 Brook on the east side a good logging-road leads two 
 miles southerly to Big Lyford (sometimes called Little 
 Pleasant) Pond, passing around its west side to the 
 south where it branches, one fork leading down the 
 West Branch of Pleasant River to the Gulf, and 
 the other leading northerly to Big Lyford dam, thence 
 
KENXEBEC WATERS. 49 
 
 easterly two miles to the West Branch Ponds. These 
 latter lie close under the main peak of White Cap, and 
 the fisherman may be sure of good sport here, ^^'ith 
 an early start firom Roach Pond one can visit these 
 secluded ponds and return comfortably the same day, 
 allowing three or four hours for rest and recreation. 
 There are plenty of trout in Big Lyford Pond, although 
 they are not very large, and report speaks well in this 
 respect of the Little Lyford Ponds, some five miles 
 lower down the river. 
 
 The road from Roach Pond to Big Lyford runs in 
 the opposite direction along Roach Pond, crosses 
 North Brook a mile and a quarter from its mouth, and 
 turning west follows the town-line for nearly four miles 
 until it joins the Lily Bay road just east of Davis's. 
 
 The "South Inlet" is for three-eighths of a mile a 
 broad and sluggish stream, running through a bog 
 where the trees have been killed by high water, an in- 
 viting locality for ducks and larger game. From this 
 end of the pond West Spencer Mt., and East Spencer 
 Mt., not now the rounded peak it seems to be from 
 Moosehead Lake, but a long ridge running nearly east 
 and west and terminating on the east in a precipitous 
 bluff, are conspicuous on the north, and White Cap with 
 its threefold summit bounds the line of sight on the 
 south. From the " North Inlet," in addition to White 
 Cap, may be seen Baker Mt. and many peaks of the Lily 
 Bay group. This is, on the whole, the most attractive 
 part of the pond, except for out-door camping facilities, 
 which are not of the best. A good log-camp, however, 
 just above the mouth of the brook, is not altogether 
 uninviting, and the brook itself, winding through a 
 
50 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 boggy meadow, is an acquisition which may outweigh 
 other disadvantages of location. Up this brook for 
 nearly a mile and a quarter the water is sluggish and 
 fairly deep. Beyond that point it becomes more rapid 
 and shallow, and canoe navigation for the remaining 
 two miles is, in ordinary seasons, a matter of some diffi- 
 culty. At high water, however, a canoe can be poled 
 up to the Second Pond. 
 
 The brook between Second and Third Ponds is only 
 two and a half miles long, and is rather easier to navi- 
 gate than the other. From a small mountain back of 
 Shaw Farm fine views can be had of Penobscot, Second, 
 Third, and Fourtli Roach Ponds, and Trout Pond. 
 
 Roach Pond is about five miles long. 
 
 SPENCER POND 
 
 empties through Spencer Brook, two miles, into the bay 
 of the same name. In low water a canoe will have to 
 be dragged up the brook, or carried over a good road, 
 which lies to the west of it. At the western end of the 
 pond, which is about a mile and a half in diameter 
 and substantially round, is a bog where cranberries 
 grow in profusion. The usual camping-ground is on 
 the northeast side of the pond, diagonally across from 
 the outlet, and about midway between the fishing 
 grounds, — two small streams which come into the 
 pond, one on the north, and the other at the southeast 
 corner. The north brook is sometimes hard to fmd. 
 Its outlet is concealed by several small grassy islands. 
 A mile up the brook is Little Spencer Pond. Spencer 
 Mountains lie to the east of the pond ; the nearer rises 
 perhaps half a mile from its shore. They are both 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS, 51 
 
 very steep, and. hard to climb. Into Spencer Bay, on 
 the west, empties a brook which comes from 
 
 LUCKY POND. 
 
 This Httle sheet of water is rather narrow, and about 
 three quarters of a mile long. It is a boggy place, and 
 good ground for deer and caribou. A canoe can run 
 up the brook some distance in " dead " water, and one 
 then steps out into the road which runs up the right 
 side of the stream to the dam, where it crosses and 
 goes around the pond. It is only about fifty rods from 
 the head of the " dead " water to the pond, and little 
 more than a mile from the latter to the lake. 
 
 Six miles from Capen's Landing on Deer Island the 
 steamer passes Hog Back and Sand Bar Islands on 
 the left, and as it approaches its goal the indistinct 
 cluster of white buildings at the foot of Mount Kineo 
 is more easily separated into its component parts. 
 Two miles from Sand Bar, Moody Islands are passed, 
 on the right, and after two miles more the boat steams 
 into the cove just east of the hotel, and is soon moored 
 to its wharf. 
 
 MOUNT KINEO, 
 
 one of the largest hornstone mountains in the world, 
 is '-'^vvay up the lake, and, connected with its eastern 
 shore by a narrow neck of land, forms quite a prom- 
 ontory. It is 763 feet above the level of the lake, or 
 1,958 feet above sea-level. A sheer precipice on the 
 south and east sides, it falls away less abruptly towards 
 the west, and slopes gradually to the north, affording 
 
52 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 at its base very good farming land. On this slope, at 
 Hard-Scrabble, is raised, each year, a considerable 
 quantity of grain and hay, on which the Kineo House 
 stock is fed. 
 
 The eastern cliff of the mountain hangs over Kineo 
 Bay. Its perpendicular height above the water is over 
 seven hundred feet, and the lake near its base is 231 
 feet deep. 
 
 • From the cliff, skirting around northeast, runs a 
 very pretty beach, divided, by a stretch of rocky, 
 wooded shore, into two parts, — CUff Beach, less than 
 a mile from the hotel, and Pebble Beach, a mile and a 
 half from it. From Table Rock off Cliff Beach, a few 
 yards from shore, good fishing may be had late in the 
 season. In fact, good fishing may be had, from canoes, 
 all around Kineo Bay, and all the way around the 
 mountain. 
 
 The south cliff is inaccessible except in one place 
 near the western end, up a rift in the rock, where by 
 the aid of trees men can find foothold for a very steep 
 climb. The descent of the mountain by this route, to 
 the hotel, can be made in half an hour. 
 
 The usual ascent is made from the southwest corner 
 of the mountain, — Kineo Point, — and necessitates a 
 boat-ride of about a mile from the " Three Sisters," — 
 a group of pine-trees on the beach west of the hotel. 
 Two and a half or three hours are enough to accom- 
 plish the round trip comfortably, and the view one 
 gets from the summit well repays the toil of climbing. 
 A cool spring on the top furnishes refreshing drink to 
 the thirsty. 
 
 From a point on the water, between Kineo Point 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 53 
 
 and the Three Sisters, and some distance further from 
 shore than on the direct line between them, may 
 be seen a good profile, on the southeast corner of the 
 mountain. 
 
 LEGEND. 
 
 MDOsehead Lake, like many other places, has its 
 Indian legends, and has been the scene of many a 
 bloody encounter between dusky tribes of the past. 
 At the narrows between Sugar Island and the main- 
 land, parts of the Mohawk and Penobscot tribes are 
 said to have met in a battle, in which the latter were 
 almost annihilated. 
 
 The legend of Kinneho, the gloomy chief, and of 
 his squaw-mother, Maquaso, each of whom has given 
 name fo one of the principal mountains near Moose- 
 head Lake, is not without pathetic interest. Kinneho, 
 as a boy, grew up with more than usual Indian taci- 
 turnity, and with ever-increasing gloominess of dispo- 
 sition. His mother watched the development of these 
 characteristics with anxiety and disappointment. He 
 gave litde heed to her solicitude, neglected and 
 avoided her, and even shunned the companionship 
 of the members of his tribe. 
 
 One morning Maquaso disappeared. Suspicion of 
 foul play at once fell on the undutiful son. Kinneho, 
 although a brave warrior, was henceforth excluded from 
 the councils of his tribe. He went forth, and for a 
 long time was seen no more. One day, however, he 
 suddenly reappeared in the midst of a severe fight, in 
 which his old companions were being worsted. His 
 
54 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 efforts turned defeat into victory, and he disappeared 
 again, as mysteriously as he had come. Months went 
 by. A solitary fire shone out, night after night, on the 
 top of a mountain near the village of Kinneho's tribe, 
 whose sides were all but inaccessible. No one dared 
 approach the frowning rock, nor brave the anger of 
 its dread inhabitant. 
 
 The exile lived on alone, in remorse lest he had 
 been the cause of his unhappy mother's disappearance. 
 Night after night he kept vigil, his uneasy glance scan- 
 ning the horizon, as if impelled by an unseen power. 
 One night, afar off to the south, against the side of a 
 mountain twenty miles away, he spied a twinkling light. 
 The thought seized him that his mother must be there. 
 Through the forest he made his way towards it. The 
 next night the fire shone out again through the trees. 
 He neared it, and there before him stood his long-lost 
 mother. Leaping to her side, he grasped her aged 
 form in his strong arms, only to see the gleam of recog- 
 nition in her eyes, and to hear her dying sob, as the 
 broken spirit passed away, peaceful at last. 
 
 THE MT. KINEO HOUSE 
 
 is on flat ground south of the mountain, and with its 
 stables and dependencies, all painted white, stands out 
 in marked contrast to the wildness of the surrounding 
 scenes. The main building and annexes, much en- 
 larged and improved in 1881, can accommodate three 
 hundred people. A large dance-hall, spacious reading- 
 rooms, and a telegraph- office are among the latest im- 
 provements. 
 
 Walking, boating, canoeing, bowling, croquet, and 
 
ji_ r 
 
 MT. KINEO — TABLE ROCK. 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 55 
 
 billiards arc the principal pastimes of its guests. Be- 
 sides the walks to Cliff and Pebble Beaches, which 
 lead partly through pasture lands and partly through 
 woods, and the climb up the mountain, there is little 
 walking to be done. 
 
 The Mystic Grotto, a mile and a half from the 
 hotel, where a cliff thirty feet high hangs over a shady 
 spot in the woods ; the gold mine, a mile and a quar- 
 ter from the hotel ; and the Devil's DeHght, at the foot 
 of the cliff, are all near Cliff and Pebble Beaches, and 
 serve to give a slight variety to one's ramblings. 
 
 About three quarters of a mile from the Three Sisters, 
 southwest, and off Birch Point, is a buoy, kept well 
 baited in summer, where white-fish and " lakers " of 
 considerable size are often caught. In nearly the 
 same direction, a little more westerly, and a mile and 
 a half from the Three Sisters, is the mouth of Moose 
 River, properly the Kennebec. Up the river for a 
 mile and a half the water is " dead," and offers a pretty 
 morning or afternoon excursion. 
 
 The paddle or sail around the mountain — six miles 
 — is somewhat more of an undertaking, but enjoyable. 
 A small boat is usually to be found on CHff Beach, 
 which parties who walk over the neck can use, to row 
 under the cliff, — perhaps a good substitute for a pad- 
 dle around the mountain. 
 
 In the other direction, east, one can paddle a quarter 
 of a mile to Little Gull Rock, a mile and a quarter to 
 Big Gull Rock, and two miles and a half to Co wen's 
 Cove. The latter is principally noted for the abundance 
 of frogs which live in the grassy land at its head. In 
 the same direction, on the shore beyond Little Gull 
 
56 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Rock is a miniature pond, separated from the lake by a 
 strip of land a few feet wide, and at its upper end is a 
 cranberry-bog. This is the narrowest part of the neck. 
 
 Moody Islands, two miles south of the hotel, furnish 
 at times good deep-water fishing, and are very attractive 
 as picnic-grounds. 
 
 Guests of the Mount Kineo House, who go into 
 camp for a few days, can have their rooms locked 
 up during their absence, and are provided with pro- 
 visions for the excursion. These include all the usual 
 articles of camp-fare, such as pork, potatoes, flour, 
 baking powder, hard bread, butter, sugar, coffee, tea, 
 salt, pepper, and the like, but no canned goods. No 
 reduction is made on the bills of persons who go in 
 this way. The alternative is to give up one's room, 
 buy one's provisions, and trust to good fortune to 
 secure a room on one's return. 
 
 Connected with the hotel at Kineo is a store, where 
 all staple articles of food, and some luxuries, can be 
 bought. The prices asked are just enough above 
 retail prices at Greenville, or anywhere else, to cover 
 the extra cost of transportation, and to leave a small 
 margin for profit. 
 
 Fishing tackle of good quality can be bought or 
 hired of the superintendent of the hotel. 
 
 It is to be hoped that the conservative spirit domi- 
 nant thus far at Kineo, among its habitues, will still 
 continue to shape its customs of plain dress and reason- 
 able hours of rising and retiring. Gentlemen can live 
 in woollen shirts, and appear in them at all times, with- 
 out giving offence or appearing discourteous, while 
 ladies are not obliged to make a change of toilet for 
 
KENNEBEC IVAIERS. 57 
 
 each meal. Saratoga trunks and elegant dresses are 
 desen-edly frowned down, and are utterly out of place. 
 Man comes here to renew his vital energy ; and his 
 every impulse — let it be said to his credit — is to 
 throw aside the questionable requirements of fashion, 
 which in most summer resorts hamper his freedom, and 
 tend to sap his vitality instead of quickening it. 
 
 Besides the short excursions by water, already noted, 
 one can paddle — or ride in the " Day Dream," a tiny 
 steamer belonging to the Kineo House — about three 
 miles south of the hotel, to the 
 
 WEST OUTLET. 
 
 Much less water passes out of the lake here than at the 
 other outlet, and consequently the stream, which runs 
 nine miles to Indian Pond, is rapid, shallow, and rocky, 
 except where broken by ponds. Of these there are 
 eight or nine. The first Hes within twenty-five rods of 
 the lake, and is hardly more than a " logon." A like . 
 distance beyond the first is the second pond, which is a 
 mile long and half as wide. The third is a small round 
 pond, or perhaps more properly only a stretch of " dead " 
 water in the stream. Beyond it, half a mile from num- 
 ber two, is number four, twenty-five rods wide and half 
 a mile long. Twenty rods more bring one into num- 
 ber five, which is half a mile long and nearly as wide. 
 The sixth Hes twenty rods beyond, is round and deep, 
 and has a rocky shore. The seventh is three quarters 
 of a mile from number six, and is a mile long and 
 about half as wide. At its foot used to be a dam, at 
 Bodfish Falls. Canoes can be " dropped " over the 
 
58 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 ledges here, which together are about six feet high. 
 The mouth of Churchill Stream is just below the falls, 
 and one must paddle up it a mile and a half to the dam, 
 where the best fishing is to be found. 
 
 A mile below Churchill Stream is a stretch of " dead " 
 water, by some called the " Alder Ground," and by 
 others Long Pond. It is a mile and a half long, and 
 perhaps thirty rods wide. A short distance below it is 
 Round Pond, the last of the series, and one of the 
 largest, above which, on the left, at the mouth of a 
 small brook, trout are to be found. It is a mile and a 
 half or more from Round Pond into Indian Pond. 
 
 BRASSUA LAKE 
 
 lies to the west of Moosehead, and its lower end is due 
 west of Kineo. One goes up Moose River for a mile 
 and a half, through " dead " water, to a small island, 
 opposite which non-working members of a party take 
 to the path on the north side, while the canoes push up 
 the stream two and a half miles, through rapid water, to 
 the lake. The worst places are the dam, and Sam's 
 Pitch, a few rods above it. At the former it is well for 
 the inexperienced canoe-man to get out and draw his 
 boat up by the "painter" ; at the latter promptness of 
 action only is needed. 
 
 Brassua Lake is six or seven miles long, and from 
 one to two wide. At its southwest corner, opposite 
 the outlet, is the mouth of Miseree Stream, once, and 
 even now, a good fishing-ground. It is navigable for 
 only a short distance. The favorite camp-grounds 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 59 
 
 have always been on the south shore of the Lake. Into 
 its northeastern end empties 
 
 BRASSUA STREAM, 
 
 quite a pretty httle river, and which, with the exception 
 of a short stretch of rapids two miles from the mouth, 
 is navigable for three or four miles. In a little pond 
 above the rapids, and in the stream beyond, are good 
 feeding-grounds for ducks. Just below the rapids are 
 good trout-holes and fair camping sites. 
 
 Midway up the lake, and flowing into it from the 
 west, is 
 
 MOOSE RIVER 
 
 again. About two miles of smooth, deep water bring 
 one to the mouth of Tom Fletcher Brook, a good fish- 
 ing-ground, named after a trapper who was drowned in 
 the rapids up the river. Report says he was trapping 
 in the woods with two companions, and, at the close of 
 the season, returned alone to camp one day, took all 
 the fur, and hurried down stream with it. The judg- 
 ment of Heaven seems to have overtaken him, for his 
 body was soon found some miles below camp, and was 
 buried at the mouth of the brook. 
 
 A short distance above this spot the river widens and 
 forms Little Brassua Pond. Here are a number of 
 gi-ass-islands, which afford play-ground to muskrats and 
 hiding-places to ducks. 
 
 From this point up, the river is rapid, and it re- 
 quires a good deal of energy to stem its current with a 
 
6o MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 loaded canoe. The Rolling Dam Ledge, a mile and a 
 quarter above Little Brassua, and just below Coburn's 
 Farm, is an obstacle over which a canoe will have to 
 be lifted. 
 
 Three miles more of "strong," and in some places 
 rapid water, intervene before the dam is reached. 
 Above it, for two miles and a quarter or more, the cur- 
 rent is strong, but navigation is good. Stony Brook 
 Rapids are about one hundred rods long. At the dam, 
 and at the mouths of the several brooks which flow into 
 Long Pond, good fishing may be had. 
 
 LONG POND 
 
 is some ten miles long, and of irregular shape. Its 
 shores are attractive to the camper-out, and afford some 
 very pleasing glimpses of landscape, with mountains in 
 the background. Seven miles of a winding and sub- 
 stantially smooth water-course lie between Long Pond 
 and Wood Pond, although it is only four miles by land 
 from one to the other. Moose River Bridge is half a 
 mile below the latter pond, and over it passes the 
 Canada Road.* 
 
 TOMHEGAN RIVER 
 
 empties into a cove about six miles from Kineo, on 
 the west side of Moosehead Lake. It is an interesting 
 stream, and well repays a visit. About two miles from 
 the mouth, or perhaps less, are some "rips," above 
 which " dead " water reappears for a time, and open 
 
 * The description of Moose River above Wood Pond will 
 be found in another place. 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 6i 
 
 alder-land soon takes the place of dark, overhanging 
 banks. A canoe will have to be carried around these 
 "rips." Fishing can be had at the mouth, and in pools 
 near it. From the " rips " a good road runs, some 
 seven miles, up the left bank of the stream to the pond, 
 around whose shores great quantities of cranberries 
 grow. 
 
 Four miles from Tomhegan, and about seven north- 
 west from Kineo, in an extensive bay, is the mouth of 
 
 SOCATEAN RIVER, 
 
 one of the prettiest streams that empty into the lake. 
 Its water near the mouth is without perceptible current, 
 black, and apparently deep, and its banks are sprinkled 
 with graceful hackmatacks, and fringed with bright- 
 hued grass, mingling, at the water's edge, with lily- 
 pads. 
 
 Four miles up the stream are the Falls and Pool, 
 formerly a favorite resort for camping parties, but not 
 so popular since the ravaging fire which ran through 
 the forest there several years ago. Fishing is good 
 at the mouth, and here and there up the stream, es- 
 pecially above the Pool and at the upper Falls, which 
 are three miles from it. A good road runs up the east 
 side of the stream. 
 
 DUCK COVE, 
 
 on the east shore of the lake, midway between Kineo 
 and the Northeast Carry, and about ten miles from 
 the former, Hes under the shadow of a small mountain. 
 
62 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 which is shaped very much like Kineo. At a distance 
 it resembles it so much as to be called by some people 
 " Little Kineo," a name applied by many of the old 
 settlers exclusively to the larger mountain east of the 
 Shaw farm. Back of it, and on an open road half a 
 mile long, is a pond, where of late years fishing has 
 been good. The road begins on the south side of the 
 brook. 
 
 Baker Brook, in a deep cove just above the mouth 
 of Moose River, Moose Brook, above Socatean Point, 
 and Williams Stream, opposite Centre Island, — all of 
 them on the west side of the lake, — afford more or 
 less fishing, but the " catch " is apt to be small in size, 
 if not in numbers. 
 
 The lake, after growing w^der near Kineo, narrows 
 again at Socatean Point, between which and Farm 
 Island is a stretch of water known as the Devil's Blow- 
 hole. The wind is ever contrary here, causing '•' chop- 
 waves " in profusion, and is consequently annoying to 
 canoe-men. From this point Bald Mt. looms up con- 
 spicuously on the west. On the east the Spencer peaks 
 slowly rise into prominence from behind Little Kineo, 
 while north of them are Lobster and Duck Cove Mts. 
 Looking south, Kineo slowly assumes a foreshortened 
 appearance, — on its right being Blue Ridge and on 
 its left the Squaw Mt. range. Miseree's sharp peak 
 rises far to the west of Blue Ridge. From opposite 
 Duck Cove glimpses may be had of Soubungan and 
 the Nesowadnehunk Mts., and from a point nearer the 
 head of the lake, as well as from the west of Farm 
 Island, Mt. Ktaadn comes into full view. 
 
SOCATEAN FALLS AND POOL. 
 
TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 PENOBSCOT WATERS. 
 
 NORTHEAST CARRY. 
 
 A SMALL hotel* stands on the shore of Moosehead 
 Lake, at the end of the Northeast Carry, and affords 
 comfortable accommodation and good fare to a limited 
 number of guests. The steamer lands its passengers 
 here twice a week, on Tuesdays and Fridays, and they 
 dine at the hotel. 
 
 Tourists can have their canoes and luggage hauled 
 over the carry, two miles, to the Penobscot, for a dollar 
 and a half each. There are two teams to be had, one 
 at the hotel, and the other from Joe Morris's farm, at 
 the other end of the carry. Each team can take two 
 canoes and their luggage at a load. The road rises 
 gradually towards the middle from each end, and is 
 pretty level, but wet and muddy after a rain. 
 
 Blueberries grow in profusion in this neighborhood, 
 and the remains are still visible of an old tram-way 
 over which formerly lumbermen's suppUes were hauled 
 to the Penobscot. 
 
 * Kept by Simeon Savage. 
 
64 TO URS BE YOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT, GOING 
 DOWN FROM NORTHEAST CARRY. 
 
 Leaving Morris's, where the river is deep and slug- 
 gish, a two-mile paddle through " dead " water brings 
 one to the mouth of Lobster Stream. Below here there 
 is a strong current with some " rips " for two miles and 
 a half more, when a small island is reached, where the 
 water again becomes " dead." . Three and a half 
 miles more of unvaried still water bring one to Moose- 
 horn Stream, a small tributary on the right. From this 
 point to the head of Pine Stream Falls (seven miles), 
 there is very little still water, the distance to Chesun- 
 cook Lake being made up of the following stretches, 
 viz. : — 
 
 Moosehorn to Sears's Clearing (on the right) 2m. 
 
 Sears's to Ragmuff Stream (on the left) . . X"^* 
 
 Ragmuff to head of Big Island I^m. 
 
 Big Island to Fox Hole +>^rn. 
 
 Fox Hole to head of Rocky Rips .... 2j^m. 
 Head of Rocky Rips to foot of Pine Stream Falls i^m. 
 Poot of Pine Stream Falls to Chesuncook Lake 2m. 
 
 Go to the right of Big Island, at the head of which, 
 for a few rods, the river is rather shallow, but, except 
 in dry seasons, there is depth enough to carry at least a 
 canoe and luggage safely through to Fox Hole. Here 
 the channel turns sharply to the left, lying within two 
 feet, or less, of the left bank, and soon deepens again. 
 
 All the way from Morris's to Chesuncook Lake 
 there runs along the right bank of the river a good 
 road, which will be found very convenient to those 
 who have to walk past shallow parts of the stream. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 65 
 
 From the head to the foot of Rocky Rips is, per- 
 haps, half a mile. Looking back from below them, 
 when the river is at its ordinary summer height, no 
 water can be seen in it at all, so thickly is its bed 
 sprinkled with rocks and boulders. 
 
 A short stretch of "dead" water, containing several 
 small grass-islands, separates Rocky Rips from Pine 
 Stream Falls, the worst place in this part of the river. 
 There are three principal " pitches," or falls, followed 
 by perhaps three quarters of a mile of strong rapids. 
 The ^vriter's experience has been that it is better to go 
 over the first pitch in the middle of the stream, then 
 to the left over both the second and third pitches, but 
 the height of the water at different times may make it 
 expedient to change this course. In very high water, 
 an easy passage by all tliree pitches may be found 
 close to the left bank. 
 
 Rounding a bend about a mile below the rapids, 
 one comes upon a huge pier in the river, and at 
 about the same time bursts upon one's sight the glo- 
 rious Ktaadn group of mountains, twenty miles to the 
 east. 
 
 Fair camping-grounds may be found here and there 
 along the river, a convenient one being just above 
 Pine Stream Falls on the left bank, nearly opposite the 
 mouth of Pine Stream. 
 
 Of all the tributaries of the West Branch, passed in 
 these eighteen miles, Lobster Stream is the only one 
 navigable for any considerable distance, the water in 
 it being deep enough to admit of easy passage to 
 Lobster Lake, two miles away, even in times of 
 drouth. 
 
66 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 There is little fishing to be had on this route, except 
 at Fox Hole, in a small inlet on the left, where there 
 are supposed to be cold springs, and on the right and 
 left among some small grass-islands above Rocky Rips, 
 where there is quite a gravel-bar in the river. 
 
 It takes, ordinarily, a little more than two hours to 
 go from Morris's to Moosehorn, and from there to 
 Chesuncook Lake from four to five hours more. 
 
 LOBSTER LAKE 
 
 {Peske-begaf, '"'branch of a dead-water") is con- 
 nected with the Penobscot by a broad and sluggish 
 stream whose current is often reversed, and fills the 
 lake-basin to the extent of six or eight feet. The lake 
 is elbow-shaped, and the north and northwest shores of 
 its lower arm are flat and marshy, while those of the 
 upper or southern arm are, for the most part, high and 
 rocky. On the east side many ledges, often steep and 
 difficult, jut out into the water, now and then enclosing 
 charming reaches of sandy beach. An exceedingly 
 pretty camp-ground is on the point south of Little 
 Lobster Brook opposite a small island. From it can 
 be seen Mt. Ktaadn and the Spencer peaks, while 
 near at hand, and beyond the placid waters of West 
 Cove, Lobster Mt. fills the view. From the head of 
 West Cove, when the water is not low, a canoe can 
 find passage-way into the main body of the lake, through 
 a series of pretty little coves, where the pink variety 
 of water-lily grows in abundance. Across the south 
 end of the lake extends a narrow strip of sand-beach, 
 on which blueberries thrive, while beyond it a low, flat 
 tract of land extends almost to the foot of Spencer Mts. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 67 
 
 Lobster Lake is one of the prettiest lakes in Maine, 
 and a visit to it of three or four days, from Kineo, makes 
 a delightful excursion. 
 
 CHESUNCOOK LAKE, 
 
 "the biggest lake," a "bulge " in the Penobscot, as it 
 has been properly called, is eighteen miles long, and 
 from one to two miles wide. It is without special attrac- 
 tion, save the glorious view it offers of old Ktaadn. 
 
 From five to six hours are usually consumed in pad- 
 dling over it, which time is increased' or diminished 
 according to the direction of the prevailing wind. 
 Meals and lodging are provided at Murphy's (now 
 Hilton's), at the head of the lake. 
 
 MOOSE BROOK 
 
 flows from a pond of the same name about two-thirds 
 of a mile from the lake. Its water is dead, and a canoe 
 can be taken up through it into Moose Pond, and from 
 there " waded " through quick water three miles to 
 Cussabexis Lake. Between Moose and Duck Ponds it 
 is impossible for a canoe to go, other than by being 
 carried three-quarters of a mile to the dam. This group 
 of ponds is seldom visited by sportsmen, and litde is 
 known of their attractions in the way of fish and game, 
 although by some said to be good. 
 
 CARIBOU LAKE 
 
 lies to the southwest of Chesuncook Lake, and is 
 connected with it by a " dead " stream about two 
 miles long, which in some places is broad and covered 
 
68 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 with lily-pads, and makes a good feeding-ground for 
 ducks. The lake is seven miles long. Its shores 
 offer few inducements to campers. Several streams 
 empty into it, in which there is some fishing to be had 
 early in the auttimn. 
 
 RIPOGENUS LAKE. 
 
 At the lower end of Chesuncook Lake the river 
 narrows again for half a mile, flows over a succession 
 of falls, and again widens into Ripogenus Lake. At 
 Chesuncook dam, and in pools below it, good trout are 
 often taken, and occasionally a salmon. 
 
 The carry hes several rods south of the dam, and is 
 a good soHd road. Canoes may be put into the 
 stream at the end of half a mile, but the most of one's 
 load will have to be carried a quarter-mile further to 
 the shore of the lake, in order to avoid the dangers 
 of the intervening rapids. From and at the head of 
 Ripogenus Lake begins a series of views of Mount 
 Ktaadn and the Nesowadnehunk range, which fairly 
 enchant the lover of nature. Ever shifting as one 
 moves on, now hidden by forest or intervening ridge, 
 now bursting suddenly forth again in greater majesty, 
 old Ktaadn's silent and more vivid presence excites 
 our awe and commands our admiration. 
 
 Ripogenus Lake is two miles long and a mile or 
 more broad. It is a favorite camp-ground for tourists 
 going down the river, and, aside from the picturesque- 
 ness of its situation, has quite an attraction in the 
 wildness of the river at its foot. 
 
 Good fishing may be had off the mouth of Frost 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 69 
 
 Brook, and in pools below the lake. There is a cold 
 spring in a cove on the south shore near the outlet. 
 
 HARRINGTON LAKE. 
 
 Into the northwest corner of Ripogenus Lake flows 
 a stream of the same name, whose bed in summer 
 ordinarily contains too little water for successful navi- 
 gation. At high water, however, a canoe can be poled 
 and led over rapids for four miles to the dam. Island 
 Falls, a pitch four feet high, is about midway between 
 Ripogenus Lake and the dam. Above the dam there 
 is dead water for nearly two miles, then half a mile of 
 quick water, followed by a small pond, and a rocky but 
 smooth stretch of water which opens into Harrington 
 Lake. A good path runs on the right side of the 
 stream up to the dam, where it meets the road from 
 Chesuncook Lake and continues on the same side up 
 Harrington Stream almost to the lake, crossing between 
 the latter and the small pond already mentioned. 
 From this point it follows Soper, or Wadleigh, Brook 
 on the west for two miles, crosses at a dam, and runs 
 up the east side, along a three-mile bog, nearly to 
 the source of the stream. It runs within two miles of 
 Sourdnahunk Lake. 
 
 Harrington Lake is about three miles long and one 
 mile wide, and lies prettily surrounded by hard-wood 
 ridges, which afford many good camping-grounds. On 
 the southwest shore, about two thirds of the way up 
 the lake, and over a ridge, is a small pond where trout 
 are said to abound. 
 
 Flowing into the lake at its head is a small stieam. 
 
70 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 which connects it with two small ponds a mile or 
 less apart, the second pond being half a mile from 
 Slaughter Pond, whose waters flow into the West Branch 
 through Nesowadnehunk Stream. Harrington Lake is 
 reached, perhaps most easily, from Chesuncook Lake, 
 by the road above mentioned. 
 
 FROST POND 
 
 lies about two miles north of Ripogenus Lake. A fair 
 road leads to it from near the mouth of its outflowing 
 brook, and to the east of it. The pond contains plenty 
 of small trout, but without a canoe or raft it is hard to 
 get at them, so densely wooded are the shores, to the 
 very water's edge. The top of Ktaadn is visible from 
 the west shore of the pond. 
 
 WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT, BELOW 
 RIPOGENUS LAKE. 
 
 The outlet of Ripogenus Lake is ordinarily a nari-ow 
 and deep gorge, where the water foams and hisses in 
 its rapid course between walls of rock. After freshets, 
 the river flows over a broader channel to the right, or 
 south, of the entrance to the gorge, leaving quite a high 
 and wooded island between the two. From this point, 
 for a mile and a half, a good path runs along the river- 
 bank, and enables one to get a fine view of perhaps the 
 most wonderful, if not the most interesting, part of the 
 Penobscot. Nearly the entire distance is a gorge with 
 steep cJffs on either side, fifty or sixty feet high, in 
 some places overhanging the stream, and with isolated 
 masses of precipitous rock between them, whose tops 
 
RIPOGENUS GORGE — LOOKING WEST. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 71 
 
 are level with the banks on either side, and covered, 
 like them, with ferns and blueberry-bushes. The water 
 seems to have worn away the rock and soil around 
 these islands, giving them the shape of an old-fashioned 
 flat-iron, whence they derive the names of Big and 
 Little Heater. The river pitches through this gorge in 
 a succession of rapids, — none very high, but together 
 making a fall of two hundred feet or more. 
 
 The carry from Ripogenus begins at the lower end 
 of the lake, to the right of the outlet. At the end of a 
 mile one descends a short hill, and on the right can 
 be seen from the road 
 
 CARRY POND, 
 
 which used to be famous for its trout. In the absence 
 of canoes a raft formerly served indifferently to bear 
 people across the pond to the spring-hole where the 
 fish lay. This pond has been so thoroughly fished of 
 late years, that its supplies may not now always prove 
 equal to the demand made upon them. 
 
 Half a mile from Carry Pond, on the road, is a large 
 boulder on the brow of a steep descent. It lies in the 
 middle of a small clearing, and from its top one gets a 
 wide prospect over the valley below, and a fine view 
 of Ktaadn. 
 
 At the foot of this steep descent, and beyond a small 
 brook, a path turns off to the left and leads to the 
 *' putting-in place," below which is a cold spring. 
 Half a mile further brings one to an old river-drivers' 
 camp, from which another path leads down the bank 
 to the "Arches," — another difficult and dangerous 
 
72 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 impediment in the river. From here it is a mile to the 
 end of the carry. 
 
 Canoes may take to the water again at the "put- 
 ting-in place," but the stream below is dangerous, and 
 there are three places where one has to lift over. 
 Around one of them, the Arches, one must carry for 
 thirty or forty rods on either bank. It is safer and 
 more expeditious to carry over the whole three miles 
 of road, than to attempt to run the river below the 
 " putting-in place." A brook, the outlet of Carry Pond, 
 empties into the river at the last-named point ; the path 
 to the latter crosses it twice after leaving the main road. 
 
 Once fairly embarked below the carry, one glides 
 easily down stream through* rapid water, lifting over 
 one rocky pitch, and at the end of two and a half 
 miles or more reaches Gulliver Pitch or Ambajemacko- 
 mus Falls. The carry is about one hundred rods long, 
 and begins at the foot of a steep descent in the river- 
 bed, in a very rocky bend on the right. 
 
 Below Gulliver Pitch begins the dread " horse-race," 
 which extends for nearly two miles, to within half a mile 
 of dead water. The river is impetuous, and its bed 
 ledgy, — refusing setting-pole hold. On all sides are 
 dangerous rocks to be avoided, which call forth the 
 canoe-man's skill, and put his nerve to the test. With 
 care, however, one can run these rapids in safety, and 
 will soon find himself in 
 
 NESOWADNEHUNK DEAD-WATER, 
 
 one of the most attractive camping-grounds on the 
 route. The river widens out considerably, and par- 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 73 
 
 takes of the character of a miniature lake, with a grassy 
 " logon " on the right. It is a mile and a half to its 
 lower end, where one gets a very fine view of Ktaadn 
 to the east, and a pretty but less pretentious picture to 
 the west. 
 
 A good path follows the river on the right bank, as 
 far as the dead-water. There is a good spring on the 
 same side, at the foot of the " horse-race." 
 
 Leaving Ne-sow-adne-hunk (otherwise spelled Sourd- 
 nahunk) Dead- Water, a short run brings one to the 
 carry of the same name, on the left. Care should be 
 taken not to overlook and nm past it, as the stream 
 immediately beyond looks smooth, and a canoe once 
 in the current might easily be swept along and over the 
 falls (five feet), with serious consequences. Just below 
 the carry, which is less than thirty rods long, and on 
 the same side, is a good spring. Half a mile below the 
 falls is the mouth of Nesowadnehunk Stream, below 
 which for two miles one finds good canoeing, through 
 "dead" water, to the mouths of Aboljackarmegas, and 
 Aboljackarmegassic, or Sandy Stream. At this point 
 parties usually camp who intend to make the 
 
 ASCENT OF MOUNT KTAADN. 
 
 From a short distance up Sandy Stream — the more 
 easterly brook — the path runs four or five miles over 
 intervening ridges to the base of the moimtain ; the 
 ascent thence continues up the slide on the southwest 
 side of the mountain. It is perhaps less fatiguing to 
 leave one's camp on the river bank early in the after- 
 noon, with blankets, axe, and enoudi food for two 
 
74. TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 days, — as light a load as possible, — and camp that 
 night at the foot of the slide, or at the brook about a 
 mile from it. With an early start the next morning, 
 one can in three hours climb up the slide (at an angle 
 of nearly forty degrees) to the broad table-land, near 
 the top of the mountain, — about three miles. 
 
 Here will be found, under and at the sides of several 
 large rocks, springs or pools of water, cool, but of indif- 
 ferent taste. There is said to be another and better 
 spring part way up the slide, and to the east of it. As 
 one ascends the mountain, vegetation becomes stunted, 
 and disappears almost altogether just before the table- 
 land is reached. A thick bed of dry moss covers the 
 table-land, and a few dead and snarly roots scattered 
 over it furnish scanty fuel to those who wish to make 
 a cup of tea, or to warm themselves. The summit of 
 the mountain is about a mile east of the springs, and 
 the ascent to it is gradual and easy. A flat surface of 
 not more than twenty feet in diameter forms the west- 
 ern peak. To the west of it lies the table-land. On 
 the east, perhaps a quarter of a mile, is another peak, 
 said to be ten feet lower than the first. Between the 
 two is a ridge so narrow, that one step towards the north 
 would send one into eternity over a sheer precipice 
 hundreds of feet high. On the south side, the moun- 
 tain, although not so precipitous, is exceedingly steep, 
 and a misstep might result in as certain, though not so 
 quick, a death. When the wind blows with any consid- 
 erable force, one can cross from peak to peak only by 
 creeping. From the eastern peak a spur of the moun- 
 tain runs northeast for some distance, and has appar- 
 ently the same general characteristics as the ridge just 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 75 
 
 described. It is known as Pamela, named after the 
 dread Indian deity formerly supposed by the natives 
 to dwell on the mountain. Surrounded by these walls 
 and on the west by a continuation of the main body of 
 the mountain which extends north from the table-land, 
 is a deep basin which contains several small ponds, the 
 water from one of which oozes through the granite 
 boulders, for some distance out of sight, until it gushes 
 forth as clear as crystal and as cold as ice. This pond 
 for a long time was vulgarly supposed to be practically 
 fathomless, but, like many other "good stories," its 
 fabled depth has been reduced by actual measurement 
 to its just proportions, 1 7 feet.* This Basin Pond is, 
 according to Prof. Hamlin, 2,287 feet below the summit 
 of West Peak, the altitude of which above sea-level is, 
 according to Prof. Fernald, 5,248 feet, latitude 45° 53' 
 40", longitude 68° 54' 50". 
 
 On a clear day, it is said, one can see from the top 
 of Ktaadn several hundred distinct and separate pieces 
 of water. Millinokett Lake and Ktaadn Pond are 
 perhaps the prettiest bodies of water near at hand. 
 
 Parties who go up the mountain should be provided 
 with extra warm clothing, as the change of temperature 
 from below is apt to be very marked, and sometimes 
 severe. At other times, however, the sun seems hotter 
 on top than at the bottom of the mountain, but this 
 is very exceptional. Ladies have climbed Ktaadn, 
 but only the strongest can do it. 
 
 * See " Observations upon the Physical Geography and Geol- 
 ogy of Mt. Ktaadn," &c., by C. E. Hamlin, Cambridge. Prmted 
 for the Museum, June, 1881. Also "Routes to Ktaadn," by 
 same author in Appalachia for December, 1881. 
 
76 rOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 From the summit to the foot of the slide one can 
 descend in an hour and a half, and from the latter 
 point to the river in two hours and a half more. The 
 Basin may be reached by way of the "saddle," north 
 of the table-land. 
 
 There is fishing at the mouth of Abol. and Sandy 
 Streams, — for eels as well as for trout. 
 
 Half a mile below Abol. Stream one .comes to Abol. 
 Falls, and a mile beyond to Pockwockamus Falls. 
 Between the two Abol. Dead-Water extends for three- 
 quarters of a mile. At each fall the carry is on the 
 right, the upper one being fifteen rods and the lower 
 three times as long. Pockwockamus Dead-Water, 
 below the falls of the same name, is narrow, crooked, 
 three miles long, and contains two or three islands. 
 From it, as well as from various other points on the 
 river below it, good views are obtained of Ktaadn, 
 which slowly recedes, and whose oudines gradually 
 grow more dim. Below Pockwockamus Dead-Water 
 are Katepskonegan, or Debsconeak Falls, around which 
 the carry runs on the right for somewhat less than half 
 a mile. Then comes Katepskonegan Lake, which 
 contains several islands, and, inclusive of the narrower 
 parts of the river above and below it, is nearly four 
 miles long. At its foot are Passamagamock Falls, 
 which may be run on the setting-pole, or the carry on 
 the left can be used. Above and below them ponds 
 empty into the river through streams navigable by 
 canoes. Two miles intervene between Passamagamock 
 Falls and Ambajejus Falls, which can also be run, at 
 low water. In high water, however, it is dangerous for 
 heavy-laden canoes to attempt passage. The carry 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 77 
 
 lies on the left, and is about half a mile long. Half 
 a mile below the falls the river opens out into Am- 
 bajejus Lake, a pretty sheet of water some four miles 
 long. It is in two parts, connected by a thoroughfare, 
 the lower part being much the larger. 
 
 A narrow passage divides Ambajejus Lake from 
 Pamedomcook Lake, quite a large body of water, 
 only one end of which is crossed in going down the 
 river. / 
 
 Two miles or more lead one into another passage 
 between Pamedomcook and North Twin Lakes. The 
 shores here are cut up into a succession of bays and 
 coves, which are so confusing that it is hard to tell 
 when one is not going amiss. 
 
 Four miles through North Twin Lake, and two miles 
 down the river, bring one to the dam, where at a house 
 on the bank one can obtain a good meal. 
 
 From the North Twin dam passing through Quakish 
 Lake one mile, and through a mile of rapid water 
 below it, one comes to Fowler's Carry. This is two 
 miles long, and at the other end of it a team can be 
 obtained to haul canoe and luggage across to Milli- 
 nokett Stream. A mile of easy canoeing down this 
 stream takes one into Shad Pond, the last " bulge " of 
 any consequence on the river. Twelve miles of rapid 
 water, accomplished in three hours, bring one to the 
 mouth of the East Branch, whence it is twelve miles 
 more to Mattawamkeag, where one takes the cars for 
 Bangor. 
 
 By making the carry at Fowler's, one avoids twelve 
 miles of very rapid water, and saves much time and 
 labor. Grand Falls, on this part of the river, is about 
 
78 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 twelve or fifteen feet high, and can be visited most 
 easily by paddling through Shad Pond and up the river 
 for a mile and a half. 
 
 To the lover of scenery, the tour down the West 
 Branch offers perhaps more attractions than any other 
 in that part of Maine. There are, to be sure, many 
 carries to make, but the wildness of the river, the pic- 
 turesqueness of the lakes within easy access of it, and 
 the grandeur of Mount Ktaadn, which continually dis- 
 covers some new feature, together form a combination 
 of enjoyments seldom to be found. 
 
 RfiSUMlt. 
 
 Chesuncook Lake to Dam 17m. 
 
 Dam to Ripogenus Carry 2%xci. 
 
 Ripogenus Carry . . . 3m. 
 
 Ripogenus Carry to Ambajemackomus Carry . 2^m. 
 
 Ambajemackomus Carry to Abol. Stream . . 6|^m. 
 
 Abol. Stream to Ambajejus Falls iim. 
 
 Ambajejus Falls to North Twin Dam . . . 14m. 
 
 North Twin Dam to Shad Pond 5m. 
 
 Shad Pond to Mattawamkeag 25m. 
 
 A great deal of interest has been manifested of late 
 upon the subject of the Indian nomenclature of falls 
 and lakes which occur in the course of the Penobscot 
 River, and of mountains which rise near its banks. In 
 the first place, as to the relative position of a fall and 
 "dead-water " of the same name, Thoreau says, "This 
 is generally the order of names as you ascend the river. 
 First, the lake, or, if there is no expansion, the dead- 
 water ; then the falls ; then the stream emptying into 
 the lake, or river above, all of the same name." * This 
 * The Maine Woods, p. 46. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 79 
 
 rule, or rather fact, seems, from the testimony of many 
 of the Penobscot Indians, to hold good as far as Abol- 
 jackarmegas Falls, although John Pennovvit, one of 
 the oldest hunters of the tribe, has told the writer that 
 they had no distinctive names for most of the '' dead- 
 waters " referred to, and consequently they can have 
 no order of designating them. Above Abol. Falls the 
 so-called rule, by the same testimony seems to fail, for 
 Nesowadnehunk Stream empties into the river below 
 the falls of the same name, while the '"dead-water" of 
 that name is above the falls. 
 
 " The biggest mountain " near the Penobscot is pro- 
 nounced by the Indians as if written '' Ktaadn " (from 
 the inseparable adjectival kette or k't, '^ greatest," and 
 the inseparable generic, adene, " mountain "), and this 
 spelling has been adopted by the best authorities as 
 more nearly correct than the form " Katahdin." For 
 '•' Sourdnahunk " the writer has substituted " Nesowad- 
 nehunk," as agreeing more nearly with the Indian pro- 
 nunciation. The latter spelling is used by Thoreau, 
 and as the word is said to mean "stream flowing be- 
 tween the mountains," one can detect the generic adene 
 better in the latter form than in the other, which consid- 
 eration alone might well determine one's choice. 
 
 One of the first forms, if not the very first published, 
 ot the Indian name for the West Branch of the Penob- 
 scot at Nickatow is given by Greenleaf as *' Che-too- 
 kook " or " Che-sun-kook." The form given the writer 
 by John Pennowit is " Ket-tegwe-wick," from kctte, 
 " greatest," tegwe, ''stream " (Rale), and wick, a form 
 of the locative, "at the greatest stream." 
 
 The writer hopes in some future edition to give a 
 
8o TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 more detailed account of the Indian names of places 
 in that part of Maine covered by this little book, among 
 which will be many never heretofore published. For 
 the present he can only express the wish that tourists 
 will use as much as possible the ancient or Indian 
 names, and thus help to reinstate them In place of the 
 modern ones, which in many cases have neither force 
 
 JO MERRY LAKES. 
 
 There are three lakes in this chain, — West, South, 
 and Big Jo Merry. The first, or West Jo Merry, lies 
 southwest of the others, and is over half a mile from 
 South Jo Merry. Canoes have to be carried across 
 from one to the other. Between South and Big Jo 
 Merry there is a thoroughfare of forty rods or more in 
 length. At times the water in it is substantially " dead," 
 — at others, quick. 
 
 From Big Jo Merry to Pamedomcook Lake is a mile 
 and a half or more, by the stream, which is partly 
 navigable by canoes. A good road runs from one lake 
 to the other near the stream. 
 
 NAHMAKANTA LAKE 
 
 is most easily reached from Pamedomcook Lake. 
 The stream which connects the two is about seven or 
 eight miles long, and for two or three miles is navi- 
 gable. Canoes and luggage will have to be carried 
 about four miles over the old carry-road, on the north 
 side of the stream. The lake is a very attractive sheet 
 of water some four miles long, and mto its northern 
 end flow two streams. The more easterly comes from 
 
vW/yj-Nl' 
 
 MILLINOKETT LAKE. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 8i 
 
 RAINBOW LAKE, 
 
 and is four miles long. Its water is " dead " for about 
 a mile and a half from the mouth, up to a dam. Above 
 this point the stream is shallow, but the monotony is 
 broken by several small ponds, which lessen one's 
 labor considerably. A good road runs up the east 
 side of the brook, and it may be advisable, if the 
 water is low, to carry from the head of dead-water to 
 the lake. If one follows up for two miles the other 
 brook which empties into Nahmakanta Lake, one comes 
 into Pollywog Pond, whence it is one-third of a mile 
 to Wadleigh Pond, the connecting stream being very 
 rapid. A road runs from Nahmakanta Lake across the 
 southern slope of Suntabunt Mt. to Wadleigh Pond. 
 
 MILLINOKETT LAKE 
 
 is most easily reached from Ambajejus Lake, by a 
 short carry which begins at the head of a grassy cove. 
 The lake is very picturesque, and is studded with 
 pretty islands, which, in combination with the glorious 
 views of Ktaadn and surrounding mountains, make it 
 a very attractive spot for artists. No trout are in its 
 waters, and the brook which is its outlet is about 
 twelve miles long and unnavigable. 
 
 NORTHWEST CARRY. 
 
 Carry Brook, a small stream in which abound sunken 
 logs, stumps, and snags, empties into the northwest 
 arm of Moosehead Lake, in its upper left-hand corner, 
 6 
 
82 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 and to the left of Ferd. Lane's clearing. Paddling up 
 this brook for nearly a mile, to the head of navigation, 
 one comes to a landing on the left bank, from which 
 one reaches, a few yards distant, the direct road from 
 Lane's to Seeboomook Meadows. This road runs north- 
 west, and for some distance covers the same ground as 
 the Old Canada Road, which leads from Lane's to 
 Canada Falls, and beyond to Canada. 
 
 From the landing to the meadows is a long mile and 
 a half, the road being good, except after a rain, when 
 the walking is soft. Some one promptly appears at 
 the landing with a horse and sled, if previously asked 
 to do so, and hauls canoe and luggage across the carry, 
 charging from a dollar and a half to two dollars per load. 
 
 Seeboomook Meadows consist of a small tract of 
 ground lying near the West Branch, and the pond which 
 covers a part of it, from a quarter to three eighths of a 
 mile in diameter, is connected with the river by a shal- 
 low and narrow stream flowing northeasterly for a quar- 
 ter of a mile from its east side. 
 
 WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT — SEEBOO- 
 MOOK FALLS. 
 
 This part of the river is pretty difficult of navigation, 
 and parties find it easier and shorter to be hauled across 
 the Northeast and Northwest Carries, and to paddle 
 over tlie lake between them, than to attempt to accom- 
 plish the same distance on the river. A visit, however, 
 to Seeboomook Falls is quite worth while, if one has the 
 time. 
 
 Just below the foot of Seeboomook Island are the first 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 83 
 
 falls, past which, on the left, one must carry for an 
 eighth of a mile. One mile and a half of good canoe- 
 ing follow, — good except in one place, the Dam Pitch, 
 where one must lift one's craft over. Then come the 
 long falls. At high water one must carry at least three 
 quarters of a mile, in low water nearly double that dis- 
 tance, the path being on the right. Some three miles 
 below the rapids is the mouth of Russell stream, and 
 from there to the Northeast Carry, or Morris farm, is 
 two miles more. Seeboomook Falls is a wild and 
 dangerous place, and the dread of log-drivers on the 
 Upper Penobscot. 
 
 RUSSELL STREAM 
 
 is rather small, and for five miles out of six and a half 
 to the pond, rapid ; but a canoe can be worked up its 
 channel slowly. Above the pond the stream is " dead," 
 and crooked, for some miles. Russell Pond used to 
 be good moose and caribou ground. 
 
 ELM STREAM. 
 
 A small island marks the mouth of Elm Stream, just 
 above the lower Seeboomook Falls. For twelve miles, 
 up to Elm Pond, the brook is substantially dead water, 
 but, being choked in many places by logs and trees, is 
 practically unnavigable. 
 
 WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT, GOING UP 
 FROM NORTHWEST CARRY. 
 
 Opposite vhe mouth of Seeboomook Stream, on See- 
 boomook Island, is a good camp-ground. The river 
 here is black and deep, a character it maintains for 
 
84 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 some seven miles above, as far as Swan's farm, and is 
 in places very picturesque. 
 
 A half-mile brings one to the head of the island, 
 above which the river widens considerably, and after 
 another mile and a half Nelhudus Stream is reached. 
 This brook has two mouths, one natural and the other 
 artificial, and is navigable for some distance. Good 
 fishing is to be had, late in the summer, in pools here 
 and there among its windings. 
 
 From the opposite or right bank of the river, just 
 below Nelhudus, a good tote-road leads into the Old 
 Canada Road, — it being about six miles from the river 
 to Lane's. 
 
 From Nelhudus five miles of paddling, past pictu- 
 resque Camp Pocahontas and around several sharp 
 bends in the river, bring one to Swan's farm, on the left. 
 On the high bank, along which at the west end of the 
 clearing leads the path to Swan's " shanty," is a con- 
 venient camping-ground, without, however, a very boun- 
 tiful supply of good fire-wood. 
 
 Above Swan's the river for half a mile is shallow and 
 the current strong, rendering it necessary, in low water, 
 to wade and to drag canoes. At the end of this half- 
 mile is the first or lowest pitch of Gulliver Falls, be- 
 tween which and the next pitch — a few rods — Gulli- 
 ver Stream empties into the river on the right. The 
 second pitch is at the foot of a small island, going to 
 the left of which one soon passes up over the third 
 pitch, — the head of the rapids. In moderately high 
 water two men can take a loaded canoe up over these 
 rapids without much difficulty ; but in low water resort 
 must be had to the dragging process. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 85 
 
 Two miles and a half of deep " dead" water intervene 
 between the head of Gulliver Falls and the foot of Bi^ 
 Island, passing up the right side of which, five eighths 
 of a mile, to the head, one comes to open land, and to 
 more shallow and in some places " strong " water. The 
 passage around the left of the island is narrower, and a 
 quarter of a mile longer. 
 
 On the left, a few rods above the island, is the mouth 
 of a "logon," pushing up which for forty rods a pool 
 will be found encircled by lily-pads, where small trout 
 are abundant. 
 
 From Big Island a mile of paddling brings one to 
 King's High Landing, where from ledges on the left 
 there is also good fishing. From this point it is less 
 than a mile to Knights's farm and shanty, at the forks 
 of the North and South Branches, where the canoe- 
 man's hard work begins in earnest. 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Lane's to mouth of Seeboomook Brook 3m. 
 
 Mouth of Seeboomook Brook to Nelhudus Stream . 2m. 
 
 Nelhudus Stream to Swan's Shanty 5m. 
 
 Swan's Shanty to head of Gulliver Falls fm. 
 
 Gulliver Falls to head of Big Island . ' Sini- 
 
 * Big Island to Knights's, — the Forks 2m. 
 
 It takes from five to six hours to go from Lane's 
 across the carry, and up the river as far as Swan's, and 
 from four to five hours from Swan's to the forks. In 
 low water it may take the better part of a day to accom- 
 plish the latter distance. 
 
86 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 SOUTH BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT. 
 
 Leaving the forks, and ascending the South Branch 
 (much narrower than the main river), a mile and a half 
 of swift water over a bed of rocks, in places so thickly 
 strewn as to render the passage of a canoe almost im- 
 possible, bring one to the foot of Canada Falls. More 
 or less wading will be found unavoidable over this stretch, 
 except in high water, the worst part being immediately 
 below the falls. The river here makes a very marked 
 bend, having flowed for two miles and a half in almost 
 a semicircle northwards, and then sweeping off at a 
 sharp angle towards the east. Canada Falls consists of 
 a succession of deep, narrow gorges, down and through 
 which the water froths and roars. This part of the 
 river is well worth seeing ; but to take through it a loaded 
 canoe, by alternate dragging and carrying, will require 
 the better part of a long day. It takes much less time 
 to make the long carry — a mile and a half — over the 
 Old Canada Road, which leaves the foot of the falls, 
 runs up the steep bank, then southwest by south, and 
 at the end of three eighths of a mile turns sharply to 
 the right. A mile and a half over a good road, hard 
 and dry except in one place, is a pleasant substitute for 
 an all-day's journey along and through the river. Put 
 in at a dam at the head of the falls, and after a long 
 half-mile through a very rocky stream, and past one 
 *' pitch " where the " painter," or leading-rope, will 
 be needed, another dam marks the place where smooth 
 and deep water finally becomes a reality. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 87 
 
 On the left bank just above the foot of the falls, and 
 again just above the head of the falls, cold-water brooks 
 will be found. 
 
 From the upper and larger dam it is half a mile to 
 Bog Brook. Until well away from the dam, look out 
 for large rocks just under water. 
 
 Passing by Bog Brook, which seems to be the slug- 
 gish outlet of a small bog about a quarter of a mile from 
 the river, one paddles two miles, — the latter of which 
 is around an ox-bow, — and bending sharply to the 
 west, comes to the mouth of Alder Brook. Up the 
 river, about a mile from here, is the mouth of Hale 
 Brook, opposite which is a flat ledge projecting half- 
 way across the stream, and below the ledge a deep pool, 
 where trout of medium size abound. A good camp- 
 ground lies just over this ledge. It affords plenty of 
 hard wood and good water, and the hunting-grounds 
 of Aider Brook are conveniently near it. A " logon," 
 a few rods up the river on the same side, is a favorite 
 feeding-ground for ducks. A logging-camp back of 
 the " logon " will afford dingy shelter to parties not 
 provided with a tent, and cool brook-water is near at 
 hand. A good road runs back from this camp to the 
 Old Canada Road, which it joins about a mile from 
 the river. 
 
 A few rods above Hale Brook the character of the 
 river banks changes, from a densely wooded to an 
 open grassy elm-land, which character they maintain 
 for a mile and a half. The sportsman's course is 
 generally west ; and two miles from Hale Brook, the 
 water begins to be shallow in places, over which wading 
 and dragging may be necessary. A mile and a guar- 
 
6« TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 ter of this sort of navigation gives place to a mile 
 of shallow, rock-strewn, " dead " water separated into 
 two stretches by a short interval of quick water, and 
 then for two miles more follow a succession of pools 
 alternating with gravel- and sand-bars, when the mouth 
 of Penobscot Brook is reached. This small stream, 
 about five feet wide, flows out of Penobscot Lake, 
 several miles through swampy ground, is choked up 
 with fallen trees, and is entirely unnavigable. Its vol- 
 ume of water is about one fourth that of Bald Brook, 
 which properly is the Penobscot, and should so be 
 called. 
 
 Above this point canoeing is out of the question, 
 excepting, perhaps, immediately after a very heavy 
 rain, when, by dint of energetic poling, a canoe might 
 ascend this boulder-strewn stream to apiece of "dead" 
 water and alder ground, a mile or more above the junc- 
 tion of the two brooks. A tote-road, however, follows 
 the stream, on its right bank, beginning three miles 
 or more below Penobscot Brook, and becom.es quite 
 good a short distance above it. It crosses several 
 ridges, and passes three decayed logging-camps, until, 
 bearing off to the south, to the west of Bald Mountain, 
 it finally joins the Canada Road in Sandy Bay town- 
 ship. 
 
 Penobscot Lake is best reached by taking to the Old 
 Canada Road, and carrying canoe and load over it, 
 from some point on the river near the road. The 
 road, be it said, above the old camp near Hale Brook, 
 has not been much used of late years, and is there- 
 fore " grown up " in places. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 89 
 
 RfiSUxME. 
 
 Forks of North and South Branches to Canada Falls . i^m. 
 
 Foot of Canada Falls to Upper Dam 2.m. 
 
 Upi^er Dam to Penobscot Brook lom. 
 
 It takes about five hours to go fi"om the Forks to 
 the upper dam, and ft-om six to seven hours more to 
 the mouth of Penobscot Brook. 
 
 ALDER BROOK, 
 
 twenty years ago a favorite feeding-ground for moose, 
 runs through a stretch of country for the most part 
 open and flat, and affording the best opportunity in 
 the neighborhood for " still-hunting." Long grass 
 covers its banks, with plenty of alder-bushes and some 
 scrubby willows interspersed. For about two miles a 
 canoe can run up the stream with ease, the general 
 direction being south, and, beyond that point, west. 
 The writer, on his only visit to this brook, in 1878, 
 found a new beaver-dam about two miles from its mouth, 
 which so raised the water as to render the passage 
 very good for nearly a mile and a half further. The 
 water above the dam was so deep, however, that he 
 does not hesitate to express an opinion that very little 
 difficulty in ascending the stream would be met by the 
 canoe-man, even in the absence of such a dam. Good 
 camping-ground will be found on the right, just below 
 a short piece of shallow water, over which the canoe 
 must be carried. Above these " rips " the stream is 
 deep again for a mile, followed by a mile of shallow and 
 deep places alternating. An old " landing " is at the 
 foot of the quick water, which now appears in earnest, 
 
90 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 and here the canoe must stop, unless the brook should 
 be high. The bed of the stream above this point is 
 very rocky, and continues so for a mile and a half to 
 an old dam. On the right a road leads up the stream, 
 at the landing blindly to be sure, but above the dam 
 it opens out and affords good walking up to, and be- 
 yond, a ridge which runs north to the pond. The 
 brook above the dam appears to be dead for about 
 two miles and a half, its course being nearly east. 
 It comes from the pond southerly, three quarters of 
 a mile, to the. point where the road crosses it ; the 
 latter goes a quarter of a mile further before it reaches 
 the ridge spoken of above. Along the top of this 
 ridge is a good path. The water of the pond is not 
 cold, and the locality seems to promise litde, either for 
 fish or for game. Bald Mountain lies four or five 
 miles southwest. 
 
 This excursion, from the mouth of the brook to the 
 pond and back, can be made comfortably in one day. 
 
 NORTH BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT. 
 
 The ascent of this stream is difficult and slow, at and 
 from its very junction with the South Branch. Wide and 
 shallow, it flows over bars of gravel and sand, which 
 lie a few rods apart and separate stretches of decep- 
 tively smooth water. Large rocks strewn thickly over 
 the bottom make it difficult to find a channel for even 
 a lightly laden canoe. 
 
 From the forks to Big Lane Brook, on the left, is 
 about a mile and a half; thence three quarters of a 
 mile to Leadbetter Brook on the same side ; thence 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 91 
 
 three quarters of a mile to an old camp (Spencer's) 
 on the right, and from there to Leadbetter Falls, about 
 three quarters of a mile further, — or nearly four miles 
 in all. 
 
 Leadbetter Falls consists of several short pitches, 
 over which a canoe can be pulled up or let down by 
 the " painter " without much trouble, except, perhaps, 
 in high water, when they can be run, coming down, 
 on the paddle. The carry is only a few rods long, 
 and hes on the right, going up. The tote-road follows 
 the river here, and as far up as High Landing, two 
 miles above, where one branch leaves it and runs 
 north and northeast, until it again nears it within three 
 miles of the foot of Abacotnetic Bog. The other 
 branch follows the stream up to the mouth of Dole 
 Brook. 
 
 The river immediately above the falls is somewhat 
 deeper, and navigation a trifle easier. Three and a 
 half miles from the falls one comes opposite West 
 Green Mountain, pleasing glimpses of which are had 
 from time to time, from below. There are now more 
 stretches of dead water, and the stream grows percep- 
 tibly narrower. Up to this point it has seemed shut 
 in, as it were, and its banks have been lined for the 
 most part with soft-wood ridges. Now, however, the 
 country grows more open, and hard wood predomi- 
 nates, while the rocky character of the river-bed 
 changes for several miles to that of sand and gravel. 
 
 A few minutes' walk brings one in sight of East Green 
 Mountain, a half-mile higher up the stream, which at 
 its base winds abruptly from the west, and the canoe- 
 man's course tends more northwesterly. Following, 
 
92 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HEAD LAKE. 
 
 for a mile, a ridge which descends from the western 
 mountain northerly, one comes to an island half a mile 
 long, on the left side of which, going up, will be found 
 the better channel. From the head of the island it is 
 about a mile to the mouth of Dole Brook, fifty rods 
 below which, in a deep pool, good fishing will be found. 
 
 Three miles more bring one to the mouth of Norris 
 Brook, from which to the foot of the Alder Ground is 
 about nine miles. Abacotnetic " Lake " is a narrow 
 sheet of water with boggy shores, and is about a mile 
 long. Of its sluggish character and appearance the 
 stream partakes for four or five miles below the outlet. 
 From the end of the dead-water, however, to the mouth 
 of Dole Brook, there is hardly any water at all, and, 
 difficult of passage as are the ten miles below Dole 
 Brook, the navigation immediately above it is still more 
 difficult and almost impossible. Indeed, it is only after 
 a hard and continuous rain of a day or two, or during 
 a wet season, that the ascent of the North Branch is 
 accomphshed at all, and that too by hard pushing. 
 
 In the absence of high water, wading, and dragging 
 of canoes will be the order of the day, with scarcely 
 any intermission, — a process tiresome to the voyager, 
 and ruinous to the canoe. 
 
 Except in the pool already mentioned, and possibly 
 in some others nearer Green Mountains, and in one a 
 mile below them, there is little fishing in this stream. 
 Caribou and deer abound just below Dole Brook, and 
 caribou are plenty around Abacotnetic Bog. 
 
 The road from the Forks to the bog, after leaving 
 High Landing, runs a mile and a quarter to Spencer's 
 camp of 1878-9 ; thence five and a half miles to Trues- 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 93 
 
 dell and Hildreth's camp (1878-9), which is at the 
 east end of a shallow pond, about a mile and a half from 
 the mouth of Norris Brook. It soon descends a steep 
 hill, crosses a cedar swamp, and runs over another long 
 hill, a mile from the foot of which is Spencer's camp of 
 1877-8, partly burnt. The road goes to the left of the 
 camp, northwest, towards the stream, which is about a 
 quarter of a mile away. From this camp it is two 
 miles to the end of the carry to St. John Pond, and 
 two miles more to the head of the bog, the road skirt- 
 ing around it at some distance from the water, to avoid 
 soft ground. 
 
 R^SUMlg. 
 
 Forks to Leadbetter Falls 4m. 
 
 Falls to Dole Brook 6m. 
 
 Dole Brook to Norris Brook 3m. 
 
 Norris Brook to Alder Ground 9m. 
 
 Alder Ground to Head of Bog 5m. 
 
 Ordinarily it will take two days to go from the Forks 
 to Dole Brook. Beyond that point it is impossible to 
 give an estimate of time. It might take a day to reach 
 the bog, or it might take a week. 
 
 DOLE BROOK, 
 
 or Middle Branch, will be found generally impracticable 
 of navigation, and, aside from the falls, of little interest, 
 either by way of scenery or promise of game. The 
 main fall is about a mile and a half from the mouth of 
 the brook. The water here trickles down the rock 
 about ten or twelve feet. An eighth of a mile above, 
 there is quite a long ledge, which slopes from the left 
 
94 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 bank to the centre of the stream, and forms its bed in 
 times of freshets. It is worn into all sorts of basins 
 and fissures and odd shapes, by the action of the 
 water. 
 
 At high water, that part of the stream above the falls 
 will not present many obstacles to the canoe-man, and 
 is chiefly used, at such seasons, either by lumbermen or 
 smugglers. A tote-road runs from the mouth of the 
 brook, on the north side, to Canada. It is as a whole 
 quite good, lying through groves of soft wood, " burnt- 
 slash," and over hard-wood ridges. It runs pretty near 
 the brook as far as the falls, then half-way over the 
 " slash " nears it again, soon leaves it a second time, 
 however, and, veering to the north, meets an old road 
 (Lee's) from Dole Pond to the upper North Branch. 
 Here it turns at a sharp angle, leads southwest and 
 west, and again comes out to the stream just below 
 Dole Pond. Plunging again into the woods, and cross- 
 ing Robert Brook, one soon comes out at an old clear- 
 ing. The old storehouse, the skeleton of which still 
 remains standing on the bank of the pond, was built 
 years ago, when lumbering was good in this region. 
 Supplies were brought here from Canada, and grain 
 and hay raised on the clearing during the summer, and 
 distributed in winter to the neighboring lumbermen. 
 
 DOLE POND, 
 
 about a mile and a half long, and one mile broad in its 
 widest part, is shallow and uninteresting, as is also Frost 
 Pond, its counterpart, two and a half miles beyond. 
 Between the two is an extensive " logon " frequented 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 95 
 
 by caribou. No thoroughfare connects this " logon " 
 with Dole Pond, the stream in summer disappearing 
 almost wholly in one place, in or beneath a bog. 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Mouth of Dole Brook to Falls i/^m. 
 
 Falls to Burnt Land ^m. 
 
 Burnt Land 2m, 
 
 Burnt Land to Dam 4/4^m. 
 
 Dam to Storehouse :^4^ni. 
 
 Storehouse to Frost Pond Z%^^' 
 
 There seem to be no fish in these ponds and streams. 
 
 LONG POND. 
 
 To the south of and emptying into Dole Pond by a 
 small stream navigable in high water, and about two 
 miles in length, Hes Long Pond, a charming little sheet 
 of water between two and three miles long, and vary- 
 ing in breadth from a half-mile to a mile. It is shut 
 in by high wooded hills on every side, and seems to be 
 quite deep. There is said to be good fishing in its 
 waters. 
 
 ST. JOHN POND 
 
 is an attractive sheet of water about three miles long, 
 and a mile or more broad. It is reached from the 
 North Branch of the Penobscot, by an old carry two 
 miles and forty-four rods long, which leaves that strearh 
 at an old "landing" on a rather low but steep bank. 
 The end of the carry is about ten minutes' walk below 
 the mouth of a small brook on the same side, and seems 
 tc follow up the course of the brook until within a 
 
96 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 short distance of St. John Pond. Two brooks at the 
 upper end of the pond afford good fishing. One of 
 them is the oiUlet of seven small ponds, picturesquely 
 ensconced among surrounding mountains. A canoe 
 can penetrate almost to the first of these ponds, but 
 the others are rather hard of access. 
 
 BAKER LAKE. 
 
 From Abacotnetic Bog, Baker Lake may be reached 
 by two routes. The shorter route leads from a point a 
 few rods up the brook which flows into the bog at its 
 upper end. An old stump, some eight feet high, marks 
 the place where the carry begins. Two miles of rather 
 soft walking bring one to Baker Brook, down which a 
 canoe can be propelled without much difficulty to Baker 
 Bog, two miles and a half of the way being " dead " 
 water. Between this bog-pond and Baker Lake, how- 
 ever, navigation is more difficult, and the water in the 
 brook for nearly three miles "tumbles down hill," as 
 the guides say, in a way that is discouraging. 
 
 The other route is by way of St. John Pond, whose 
 outlet, the Woboostook or Baker Stream, flows eighteen 
 miles, in an almost semicircular course, to Baker Lake. 
 For six miles canoeing is said to be pretty good, then 
 come about eight miles of carrying and dragging, be- 
 tween which and the lake are four miles of " dead " 
 water. 
 
 The first of these routes is always preferable, because 
 even in low water there is about one third as much car- 
 rying and dragging to be done over it as there is in the 
 second, while in the latter some parts of the stream are 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS, 97 
 
 choked by logs and driftwood ; and when there is an 
 abundance of water and good canoeing in one stream, 
 there is also enough for as good canoeing in the other. 
 
 From Baker Lake there is " strong " water, but plenty 
 of it, to Seven Islands, some sixty or seventy miles dis- 
 tant, from which place parties can be hauled across to 
 Long Lake, on the Allagash, and come back to Moose- 
 head by way of Chamberlain Lake and Mud Pond, or 
 else descend the Allagash into the St. John again, thus 
 avoiding the dangers of Black River Rapids. 
 
 Baker Lake has a good reputation for fish and game, 
 which certainly ought to be abundant there, owing to 
 the difficulty of reaching the place. 
 
 One day is enough in which to go from Abacotnetic 
 Bog to Baker Lake, or two days from St. John Pond 
 to the lake, and from that point Seven Islands may be 
 reached in less than two days. 
 
 CAUCOMGOMOC LAKE 
 
 empties its waters through a stream of the same name, 
 about twelve miles long, into Chesuncook Lake. With 
 the exception of the upper three miles of the stream 
 and two short falls, the water is smooth and navigation 
 unrestricted. Until within a few years this region has 
 been little visited, but from its accessibility and pictu- 
 resqueness it is fast becoming a popular resort. 
 
 Leaving Chesuncook Lake, paddling about a mile, 
 past the mouth of the Umbazooksus and over a small 
 " rip," brings one to a miniature pond, at the north- 
 east corner of which, to the left of the falls, is the end 
 of a thirty-rod carry. There are two main pitches to 
 
98 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 these falls, some three and four feet high respectively. 
 Putting in either at the head of the upper pitch, or fur- 
 ther up the stream, around a bend at the foot of a very 
 steep bank, a mile and a quarter intervene before the 
 second fall is reached, — a single pitch of seven feet. 
 Brandy Brook, between these two falls, furnishes good 
 fishing after the first of September. 
 
 From the upper falls to Black Pond is a mile and a 
 half, and across the pond a mile and a quarter more. 
 Thus far the water is deep and black, and the river 
 banks pretty wide apart. Beyond Black Pond the banks 
 converge, the water is clearer, and a current is appre- 
 ciable. For three and a half miles, past Little Scott 
 Brook, no obstructions exist. At its mouth, and in the 
 river above, trout may be taken in a number of places. 
 Half a mile above this brook " rips " appear, two or 
 three rods long, and here passengers will have to walk, 
 and, in low water, carry canoes and baggage. At the 
 foot of the bank, around the bend, is another good 
 trout-hole. 
 
 Half a mile more brings one to the foot of the 
 " horse-race," two and a half miles long, up which a 
 canoe with a light load may be poled or dragged, with- 
 out great difficulty, unless the water is very high or very 
 low. There is only one place to be lifted over. 
 
 A good road runs from opposite Murphy's on Che- 
 suncook Lake, up the Caucomgomoc River, touching 
 it at the second falls, and again about three miles from 
 Caucomgomoc Lake. The last two and a half miles of 
 this road are excellent, being on high ground, and dry. 
 Fishing may be had in a pool just below the outlet of 
 the lake. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 99 
 
 The lake is one of the prettiest spots in IVtaine. It 
 is about seven miles long, and three miles broad at its 
 widest part, is of irregular shape, and has several small 
 islands at its upper end. A charming camping-ground 
 will be found on either side of a small point of land, 
 which juts out from the west shore, some five miles 
 from the outlet. On the north and south sides of the 
 point are long stretches of sand-beach, back of which 
 is good level camping-ground and plenty of wood, and 
 on the north an icy cold brook. From the south side 
 the view is fine, taking in a wide expanse of blue water. 
 On the north, the lake narrows considerably and the 
 view is much more hmited, being broken by pretty 
 islands, and overshadowed, as it were, by forest-clad 
 mountains on the west, — a decided contrast with the 
 other view. 
 
 The shores of the lake are in many places rocky and 
 covered wdth cedars, and, excepting at the upper end, 
 offer few good camping-places. 
 
 AVERY BROOK 
 
 empties into the head of Caucomgomoc Lake, to the 
 west of a broad piece of meadow-land and "logon." 
 It comes from a small pond of the same name about a 
 mile and a quarter distant, and varies in width from ten 
 to thirty feet. For half a mile it is deep enough for a 
 canoe, but for the rest of the way quite shallow, and 
 will give abundant opportunity to wade, and perhaps 
 to make two or three short carries over its bed. The 
 pond is quite small and almost completely overgrown 
 with sedge-grass and Hlies, but contains an inexhausti- 
 
lOO TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 ble supply of small trout, which rise freely in the morn- 
 ing and evening. Good fishing may also be had at the 
 mouth of Avery Brook. 
 
 LOON LAKE 
 
 is even prettier than its neighbor, but much more diffi- 
 cult of access. It is quite deep, and some three miles 
 long by from one to two miles broad. Its outlet into 
 Caucomgomoc Lake is a shallow and rocky stream 
 about four miles long, hard to navigate even at high 
 water. A good road runs along the south bank, begin- 
 ning at the head of the dead-water (a half-mile from 
 the mouth of the stream). It soon passes an old log- 
 ging camp, crosses the brook three quarters of a mile 
 above it, and runs direct to the lower end of the lake, 
 some two miles further. 
 
 HURD rONDS 
 
 are connected with Loon Lake by narrow and unnavi- 
 gable brooks a few rods long. The lower pond is quite 
 pretty, but the second one is shallow, and its shores 
 dreary and uninviting. 
 
 ROUND POND. 
 
 On the other side of Caucomgomoc Lake, and con- 
 nected with it by a deep stream three miles long, and 
 rocky only at its mouth, is Round Pond (called the 
 ''Sis," abbreviated from Caucomgomocsis or Little 
 Caucomgomoc), a body of water a mile and a half 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. lOi 
 
 long by one mile wide Good camping-ground will be 
 found on the nortltwest side of the pond at the foot of 
 a hard-wood ridge, or on the northeast side. Good 
 fishing may be had in a spring ho?e near the mouth of 
 a small brook on this latter side, or at the mouth of, 
 and in, Poland Brook. 
 
 DAGGETT POND 
 
 is connected with Round Pond by a small stream a 
 mile and a half long, through which at high water 
 a canoe can easily be paddled. A beaver dam at the 
 mouth of this stream for several years kept back 
 enough water to answer all the purposes of the canoe- 
 man going to Daggett Pond. This sheet of water, about 
 a mile and a half in diameter, offers no special attrac- 
 tions except, perhaps, in the way of cranberries, which 
 grow in profusion on its northwest and southwest 
 sides. 
 
 A mile and a half intervene between Daggett Pond 
 and Shallow Lake, the connecting stream being too 
 small for a canoe, but furnishing good walking in its 
 bed for three quarters of a mile, past a miniature fall, 
 to an old dam. Above this dam a canoe can be led 
 and carried to a second dam, and from there paddled 
 among sharp rocks to 
 
 SHALLOW LAKE, 
 
 v/hose shores on nearly all its sides are swampy and 
 covered with grass and hackmatack growth. 
 
 The lake is about two miles long and a mile and a 
 quarter broad, and with the exception of a part, about 
 
102 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 a mile in diameter, towards its eastern end, is only 
 from six inches to a foot deep, and covered with Hly- 
 pads and sedge-grass. The bottom is mud unadulter- 
 ated, and the waves and ripples made by the progress 
 of a canoe will bring bubbles of gas in great quantities 
 to the surface of the water, on all sides, even ahead of 
 the canoe. 
 
 The lake lies diagonally north and south, and has 
 two small islands at its west central end. A good road 
 leads from its eastern extremity to Chamberlain Lake. 
 
 Black ducks are found here in great quantities, and 
 cranberries are plenty. At the northwest end of the 
 lake, near the outlet, there runs along the shore a nat- 
 ural ridge about four feet high, a sort of embankment, 
 behind which the land falls two or three feet again.* 
 There are no trout in Shallow Lake, but some have 
 been taken at the mouth of Shallow Lake brook in 
 Daggett Pond. The boggy shores of both ponds are 
 cut up with caribou tracks 
 
 POLAND BROOK 
 
 for a quarter of a mile from its mouth is deep, this 
 character then giving place for another quarter-mile to a 
 succession of "rips " and shallow places, through which 
 some wading must be done. A miniature fall of three 
 feet marks the reappearance of smooth water, which ex- 
 tends up to Poland Pond. Above the falls the stream 
 widens considerably, and on either side are hackma- 
 tack bogs covered with grass and low bushes. Lily- 
 pads cover the water except in the middle of the 
 stream. These features predominate for two miles. 
 
 * Probably formed by ice-pressure. See Dawson's Acadian 
 Geology, ist edition, p. 40. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 
 
 103 
 
 The stream then resumes its old appearance, narrows 
 a good deal, and exchanges a muddy for a sandy and 
 rocky bottom. One mile more brings one to 
 
 POLAND POND, 
 
 a pleasing little sheet of water about three quarters of 
 a mile long and half a mile broad. There is some 
 swampy ground at its western end, which makes isl- 
 ands of two pieces of high land jutting out into the 
 pond. A narrow channel which runs through this 
 swamp leads over a succession of beaver dams, Xo 
 quite an extensive beaver pond. 
 
 Wadleigh Brook, which empties into the northern 
 end of the pond, is clear and cold, and at times affords 
 good fishing. 
 
 Parties who wish to visit and explore this region can 
 best do so by camping on Round Pond, and taking 
 one day for Poland Pond, and one for Shallow Lake 
 and Daggett Pond. A light load, consisting of pro- 
 visions for two days, an axe, kettle, frying-pan, and 
 blankets, can be taken from there with canoe to AUa- 
 gash Lake, and a very pleasant and easy excursion 
 made. 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Chesuncook Lake to Caucomgomoc Lake 
 Caucomgomoc Lake, length . . . 
 Caucomgomoc Lake to Loon Lake . 
 Caucomgomoc Lake to Round Pond 
 Caucomgomoc Lake to Avery Pond 
 Round Pond to Poland Pond . . . 
 Round Pond to Shallow Lake . . 
 
 12m. 
 7m. 
 4m. 
 3m. 
 
 4>^ra. 
 
I04 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 It takes about a day to go from Chesuncook Lake 
 to Caucomgomoc Lake. The carry around the " horse- 
 race " can easily be made, canoe and baggage, in three 
 hours. 
 
 ALLAGASH LAKE. 
 
 Ai the head of the dead-water near the mouth of 
 Poland Brook begins the carry which leads to AUa- 
 gash Lake. The path runs along a ridge of low moun- 
 tains, perhaps half or one third of the way up their 
 sides, and is three miles long and quite dry and open. 
 From the end of the carry it is about three miles 
 around to the mouth of Allagash Stream., a quiet, cold, 
 narrow, and deep brook, with a sandy and rocky 
 bottom, and navigable for several miles with compara- 
 tive ease. There are no rapids, and but few " rips," for 
 some distance from its mouth, but the current is quite 
 strong. The stream, not having been " driven " of 
 late years, is, higher up, somewhat choked with logs 
 and drift wood. At and near its mouth there is good 
 fishing. 
 
 The northeast shore of the lake is low and sandy, 
 that on the west is rocky, and often precipitous to a 
 height of fifty or seventy-five feet. West of the lake 
 several mountains, the Toulbah range, appear quite 
 strikingly ; the country on the other sides, however, is 
 flat and uninteresting. 
 
 Several small brooks empty into Allagash Lake, 
 none of which are navigable. Good camping-ground 
 may be found on the west side of the lake about a 
 mile from the inflowing Allagash, beneath a precipitous 
 wall of rock. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 105 
 
 Parties sometimes ascend AUagash Stream to Mud 
 and Clear Ponds, and carrying across, over an old road, 
 one mile to Chemqnasabamticook ("at the large lake 
 stream ") Lake, go down the stream of that name into 
 Long Lake. 
 
 Chamberlain Lake may be reached by going down 
 the AUagash. The stream is rapid for about two miles 
 and a half, to AUagash Pond. Below the pond, half a 
 mile or more, there is a fall. Then, for a mile, rapid 
 and "dead " water alternate, as far as another fall, be- 
 tween which and the lake there is half a mile of smooth 
 water. In places the water is quite rough, and, where 
 carrying is necessary, the paths, having of late years 
 been little used, are obstructed by a thick undergrowth 
 of bushes. However, when the water is moderately 
 high, no very great difficulty will be encountered in 
 going either down or up the stream. 
 
 DOWN THE ST. JOHN RIVER. 
 
 The first part of this route has already been described 
 on pages 62 and d^i' 
 
 From the head of Chesuncook Lake, and mouth of 
 Caucomgomoc Stream, it is but a fraction of a mile to 
 the mouth of the Umbazookskus, — a stream wdiich for 
 four or five miles winds sluggishly, but with provok- 
 ing pertinacity, through low meadow-lands which yield 
 a yearly abundance of hay to the Chesuncook farmers. 
 There is a cold spring on the right about a mile from 
 the mouth of the stream. Above this stretch of " dead " 
 water there is quick and shallow water for some two 
 miles, or more, through which a canoe may be poled, 
 
io6 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 or led, without much difficulty, except for perhaps a 
 quarter of a mile, where carrying may become neces- 
 sary. A good road runs on the right up to Umbazook- 
 skus Lake, and during the summer season, a team and 
 ''jumper" are constantly on hand to haul canoes and 
 luggage over to Mud Pond, at an expense of from three 
 and a half to five dollars. 
 
 Paddling a mile across the southeast corner of the 
 lake, one comes to the beginning of the famous Mud 
 Pond Carry, the dread of guides, and abomination of 
 sportsmen. This carry is two miles long, and although 
 improved of late years, in many places has the appear- 
 ance of the bed of a brook, with water and mud enough 
 almost to float a canoe. Except in very dry seasons 
 the traveller here sinks in mire up to his ankles, and 
 without a pair of rubber boots is indeed "at sea." 
 This hardship once over, by no means onerous if one 
 has no heavy load to carry, the rest of the St. John 
 trip is so comparatively easy and pleasant, that the 
 remembrance of one's toil is soon lost, for the time, in 
 keen enjoyment. 
 
 MUD POND, 
 
 whose name carries with it its chief characteristic, is 
 nearly round, and about a mile wide. Lifting over a 
 dam at its outlet, wading may again become necessary 
 for about three-eighths of a mile down the brook, which 
 for half a mile near its mouth broadens into a sort 
 of "logon," where ducks congregate. A good carry 
 leaves the dam, on the left, and leads to the head of 
 the dead-water, three-eighths of a mile. Passing with 
 difficulty through a confused mass of submerged stumps 
 and floating tree-trunks, a run of two miles across 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 107 
 
 CHAMBERLAIN LAKE, OR APMOOJENEGAMOOK, 
 
 " at the great cross-lake," brings one to Chamberlain 
 farm, where the most necessary articles of camp fare 
 are usually to be had — at a good round price. 
 
 The shores of this lake are not very attractive. Some 
 years ago a large dam was built at its natural outlet, and 
 the water forced back and through an artificial " cut " 
 or canal between Telos and Webster Lakes. This en- 
 ables the lumberman to take his logs down the East 
 Branch of the Penobscot River to a home market, 
 instead of having to go into New Brunswick. The 
 consequent rise of water in the lake flooded its shores 
 and killed the trees on them for several yards back. 
 Nearly all of the withered trunks which then lined the 
 lake have fallen, and the shores look more as Nature 
 made them, save the drift-wood which here and there 
 in unsightly masses helps to make impenetrable any 
 camp-ground within. The tourist gladly passes on to 
 the dam and lock, some three miles from the farm. 
 Two short carries must be made past these obstacles, 
 — on the right, — and after running through some 
 quick water and a pleasing little lakelet, one emerges 
 into 
 
 EAGLE LAKE, OR PONGOKWAHEMOOK. 
 
 This is a pretty and irregular sheet of water, with 
 attractive shores, and contains two or three good-sized 
 islands. Several brooks empty into it, which are par- 
 tially navigable, and tlirough some of which access may 
 be had to ponds beyond. The meaning of its Indian 
 name is said to be "Woodpecker place." 
 
I08 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEIIEAD LAKE. 
 
 SMITH BROOK, 
 
 the outlet of Haymock Lake, empties into Eagle Lake 
 on the east nearly opposite Pillsbury Island. It is dead- 
 water for nearly two miles and a half from its mouth, to 
 the head of an island, at which and above which the 
 brook is shallow and its bed rocky. For the next half 
 mile the water is fairly deep until within a few steps 
 of the foot of the " carry," when it again becomes shal- 
 low. The ** carry " is a good one, lies on the left, and 
 is three-quarters of a mile long. Near its upper end 
 there is a small water-fall. For the next half mile the 
 canoeman may find several old beaver-dams, over 
 which his canoe will have to be lifted, but beyond 
 them the stream winds sluggishly through a bog for 
 two miles and a half, from within a quarter of a mile 
 of 
 
 ITAYMOCK LAKE, 
 
 when wading becomes necessary. An old path runs 
 from the head of the bog, on the left bank, up to the 
 lake. Fair camping-grounds may be found near either 
 end of the bog. Haymock Lake is about two and a 
 half miles long and from a mile to a mile and a half 
 wide, and surrounded by forests of mingled hard and 
 soft wood. Its name is probably the latter part of the 
 Indian word for Eagle Lake, Pongokwahernook, which 
 by some accident or through the fancy of some ignorant 
 white man was transferred to the tributary lake. The 
 excursion from Eagle Lake to Haymock Lake and 
 back can l^e made comfortably in one day. 
 
 Russell, Sopcr, Snare, and Thoroughfare Brooks are 
 navigable for some distance, and afford good fishing 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 109 
 
 in places, one of which is off a sandy point at the head 
 of a small "bulge" in Snare Brook. The mouth of 
 Soper Brook, for nearly a mile, is shallow, but above 
 the dam the stream is deep, with one exception, for 
 more than three miles, and is bordered by much the 
 same country as that on upper Smith Brook. 
 
 From Chamberlain Dam it is about three miles to 
 Pillsbury Island, another mile to the mouth of Smith 
 Brook, three miles and a half more to the Narrows, 
 thence nearly two miles to the Thoroughfare, and two 
 miles and a half through it to the mouth of Thorough- 
 fare Brook. 
 
 CHURCHILL LAKE, 
 
 or " Allagaskwigamook," " at the bark-wigwam lake," 
 is about six miles long, and three miles broad in its 
 widest part. Into it empty, on the southwest and only 
 a few rods apart, the Twin Brooks, the more northern 
 of which is the outlet of Spider Lake. From the beach 
 midway between the brooks an old and difficult " carry " 
 leads through a stretch of " burnt land," or " second 
 growth," up the left bank of North Twin, a mile and a 
 quarter, to a small sedge-grown and marshy pond. In 
 seasons of high water the canoeman can take his loaded 
 canoe up the stream from its mouth. At other times 
 his luggage, at least, and perhaps his canoe too, must 
 be carried as far as the pond, across which (a quar- 
 ter mile) passage is almost always sure, even if slow. 
 Above this point the stream will generally float a loaded 
 canoe up to the dam at its head. An old and obscure 
 path runs to the dam (one mile) along the left ba?tk 
 of the brook, leaving the latter just above Marsh Pond. 
 
no TOURS BEYOND MOOSEIIEAD LAKE. 
 
 SPIDER LAKE (ALLAGASKWIGAMOOKSIS), 
 
 a cove-indented pond, is about two miles long and a 
 mile wide. Its water is black and deep, and teems 
 with togue. This is the first of the chain of lakes 
 and ponds which leads to Munsungan Lakes and the 
 Aroostook River, over a route used for many years 
 by hunters and fur-dealers. Some old cedar-trees on 
 the " carries " still bear names and dates written as 
 long ago as '49. 
 
 DOWN THE AROOSTOOK. 
 
 At the upper end of Spider Lake, behind the largest 
 island in the lake, is the mouth of the principal brook. 
 Fifty or sixty rods up this black and dismal stream, on 
 the left bank, is the end of a " carry," which begins in 
 a cedar-swamp, but soon rising on to higher and firmer 
 ground, continues a mile and strikes the brook again 
 just below the outlet of a small "■ logon." Paddling 
 across the latter three- eighths of a mile, and sixty rods 
 more up the brook beyond, another " carry " begins, 
 on the left bank. The path is good, although wet, and 
 brings one in about five minutes to a small oblong 
 pond, half a mile in its greatest diameter, and partly 
 surrounded by bogs and cedar-swamf;s. Here are the 
 head-waters of Spider Lake ; and a " carry " of a mile 
 and a half, which runs over uneven and in some places 
 steep ground, connects them with 
 
 ECHO LAKE, 
 
 the head-waters of the Aroostook. This little pond, 
 about three-quarters of a mile long and three-eighths 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. ill 
 
 of a mile wide, lies between, several high hills, whose 
 forest sides take up and send back the sounds made on 
 its bosom, until oft-repeated they die away in the dis- 
 tance. Deep, and fed by cold brooks and springs, it 
 would seem to be a good place for trout. Just east of 
 the end of the " carry," in 1879, there was a comfort- 
 able hunters' cabin. 
 
 At the eastern end of the pond, on the right of the 
 small stream which is its outlet, a path runs through a 
 cedar swamp, about sixty rods, to a pond eighty rods 
 long. Three-quarters of a mile beyond and southeast 
 of this pond is another pond, or, more properly, a 
 " bulge " in the brook, three-eighths of a mile long. 
 Into its upper end flows another small brook, and just 
 below its outlet is an old dam. Good dry camp-grounds 
 can be found from time to time along the course of this 
 stream, the forests being not so swampy as on Spider 
 Lake waters. 
 
 From the dam just mentioned it is a mile and a half 
 to Upper or First Munsungan Lake. An old and over- 
 grown road runs along the right bank of the stream, in 
 some places hardly distinguishable from the surround- 
 ing forests, and the canoe-man's only resource when the 
 water is low, if haply this resource be left him, is to 
 cut away a beaver-dam just above the outlet of Bulge 
 Pond and " sluice " himself down stream on the at- 
 tendant flood. The brook is quite pretty, and runs 
 over a rocky bottom, rapid and shallow almost all the 
 way, beneath overhanging forests of both hard and soft 
 woods. 
 
112 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 MUNSUNGAN LAKES. 
 
 The first of the three lakes of this name is three- 
 quarters of a mile wide and a little less than two miles 
 long. Emerging into its open area from the confined 
 and forest- pent streams over which one has been labor- 
 ing, the change is very acceptable. Along the southern 
 shore of the lake runs a high ridge, from which doubt- 
 less one could get fine views of the three lakes and 
 surrounding country. 
 
 A brook of quick and shallow water, a quarter of 
 a mile long, connects First Lake with Second Lake. 
 The latter is the largest of the three, and is three miles 
 and a half long by nearly a mile wide. 
 
 A thoroughfare of shallow and " dead " water, about 
 twenty rods long, leads into the lower or Third Lake, 
 which in turn is of about the same dimensions as First 
 Lake. Togue abound in these waters, and an occa- 
 sional moose may still be found roaming through the 
 forests which border on them. 
 
 MUNSUNGAN STREAM. 
 For about a mile below the low^er lake the water is 
 " dead." It then tumbles over a few broken ledges, 
 past which canoes must be lifted, for some two rods. 
 From here to its junction with the Milnokett branch, 
 about eight miles, the brook flow^s over a smooth bot- 
 tom, and with the exception of a mile and a half its 
 water is " quick," and navigation easy. On the main 
 
 AROOSTOOK RIVER 
 there are some few rapids, but no bad places of any 
 consequence. It is six miles from the Munsungan- 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 1 13 
 
 Milnokett Forks to the mouth of the Mooseleuk, a 
 stream whose upper waters abound in long reaches of 
 dead-water and sequestered ponds, and up which, ordi- 
 narily, the canoe-man's course will not be very diffi- 
 cult. 
 
 Ten miles below the mouth of Mooseleuk one comes 
 to Painter's, the first farm on this route, where potatoes, 
 flour, butter, and milk can be bought. Two miles below, 
 at Botting's farm, connection may be made with the stage 
 which runs between Oxbow Plantation and Mattawam- 
 keag, via Patten. From this point it takes ordinarily 
 about four days to paddle to Caribou. When the river 
 is high the same distance may be made in a day and 
 a half or two days. 
 
 Of all the river-routes for the canoe-man in Northern 
 Maine this is the least interesting. Its chief hardships 
 occur between Churchill and Munsungan Lakes, where 
 a succession of " carries " and swamp-girt ponds have 
 few redeeming features of landscape to break their 
 monotony, while nowhere do wild gorges or pictu- 
 resque waterfalls, as on the Penobscot River, reward 
 the tourist's patient toil. On the main river, too, or on 
 its upper waters at least, the farms are generally hidden 
 from sight, and do not dot the forest reaches with 
 their fresh green cultivation, as on the River St. John. 
 
 At Presque Isle or Caribou one takes cars for Wood- 
 stock, thence for Vanceboro and Bangor. 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Allagaskwigamook to Allagaskwigamooksis 2}ixa. I day. 
 Allagaskwigamooksis to Echo Lake . . 4m. i^ days. 
 Echo Lake to Third Munsungan Lake . 3m. i^i days. 
 
• I day. 
 
 
 114 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Across Third Lake 2m. ^ 
 
 Thoroughfare between Second and Third Lakes >^m. 
 
 Across Second Lake 4^^- ! ^ ^ 
 
 Thoroughfare betw. First and Second Lakes 20 rods. [ ^* 
 
 Across First Lake X^^^- 
 
 First Lake to Mihiokett Stream 9m. J 
 
 Mihiokett Stream to Mooseleuk Stream . . . 6m. 
 Mooseleuk Stream to Lapompeag Stream . . 2m. 
 Lapompeag Str. to Hayden Brook (First farm) 8m. 
 Hayden Brook to Umcoleus Stream .... 3m. 
 
 Umcoleus Stream to Otter Brook im. 
 
 Otter Brook to the Oxbow im. 
 
 Oxbow to Trout Brook 2m. ^ 
 
 Trout Brook to Houlton Brook 5m. | 
 
 Houlton Brook to St. Croix Stream .... 6m. ^ i day. 
 St. Croix Stream to Scapan Stream .... 5m. 
 Scapan Str. to Big Machias Str. (dead-water) . 7m. 
 Big Machias Stream to Little Machias Stream . 2m. 
 Little Machias Stream to Gardner Brook . . lom. 
 
 Gardner Brook to Salmon Brook 6m. 
 
 Salmon Brook to Presque Isle Stream . . . 12m. 
 
 • Presque Isle Stream to Caribou 13m. 
 
 Caribou to Little Madawaska Stream .... 5m. I 
 Little Madawaska Stream to Fort Fairfield . . 7m. ^ 
 
 Fort Fairfield to Aroostook Falls 4m. 
 
 Aroostook Falls to St. John River 3m. 
 
 i27Xni. 
 
 Stages leave Ashland, for Patten on Tuesdays ; for 
 Presque Isle, Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. 
 
 SPIDER LAKE TO MUSQUACOOK. 
 
 At the head of a small cove at the northeast end of 
 Spider Lake, which lies opposite a small island, begins 
 the " carry " into Pleasant Lake. Until the autumn of 
 1 88 1 this path was but a "spotted line," used almost 
 
 2 
 days. 
 
ST. yOHX WATERS. 115 
 
 exclusively, in. the winter, by hunters. In October 
 of that year, however, the writer went by this route 
 over Pleasant, Harrow, and Musquacook Lakes, down 
 Musquacook Stream into the Allagash and St. John 
 Rivers, and his guides "bushed out" the old tote- 
 roads where there were any, and cut new roads where 
 none had before existed. The *' carry" first above 
 mentioned runs northeast about a mile and a half, over 
 level and dry ground^ and comes out on 
 
 PLEASANT LAKE 
 
 just east of a small point or promontory which juts out 
 from the south shore midway of the lake. Into this 
 body of water, which is two miles long (less rather than 
 more), and about a mile wide, only one brook of im- 
 portance empties, — at its northeast end. This brook 
 is said to flow through a small beaver-pond, about a 
 mile above its mouth. Several small and picturesque 
 islands near South Point and a group of mountains 
 (" Peaked " Mt. and others) northeast of the pond make 
 the landscape pretty enough to warrant the name Pleas- 
 ant Lake. 
 
 Crossing towards the northwest, one enters Mud 
 Cove, whose waters unfortunately emit a very disagree- 
 able odor, which during unfavorable winds may prove 
 a great annoyance to campers in the vicinity. Camp- 
 ing-ground, good in other respects, will be found at 
 the head of the cove on the end of the " carry " to 
 Harrow Lake, a few rods west of which is a brook of 
 deKcious spring- water. The " carry " into 
 
Ii6 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE, 
 
 HARROW LAKE 
 
 is a mile long, and, soon after leaving Mud Cove, runs 
 over a very wet bog, its northern terminus being at the 
 head of a deep bog-bound cove. On the left of the 
 cove rises Pleasant Mt., a ridge which extends westerly 
 for half a mile or more, and is very conspicuous from 
 Churchill, Spider, and Pleasant Lakes. This " carry " 
 appears to be an old tote-road, the main branch of 
 which skirts along the eastern shore of Harrow Lake, 
 runs up Bog Brook and around to Clear and Mud 
 Lakes of the Musquacook group. 
 
 Harrow Lake is about two miles long and half a 
 mile wide, except at the east end, where two opposite 
 coves increase its width to a mile or more. Its water 
 has a dirty yellowish appearance, and seems to contain 
 no fish, save some large specimens of the tadpole-order. 
 At the lower end of the pond the country is flat and 
 boggy, and filled with forests of dead trees, many of 
 which, having fallen, choke the outflowing stream. 
 Good camping-ground may be found on the eastern 
 and northeastern shores of the lake. 
 
 Paddling half a mile up the northeast cove, which 
 soon narrows into the proportions of a brook, the 
 canoe-man will find on the right the road heretofore 
 mentioned^ which runs towards Musquacook waters 
 along 
 
 BOG BROOK. 
 
 The lower part of it is wet and swampy, but it soon 
 rises on to higher ground, and at the end of a mile 
 runs past an extensive bog which branches off northerly. 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. Il'/ 
 
 while the road continues easterly along the course of 
 the brook. At the end of another three-quarters of a 
 mile the lower end of a more extensive bog is reached, 
 through which the brook flows sluggishly for nearly a 
 mile. The " carry " from here to Fourth Lake leaves 
 the northeastern side of the bog a few rods above its 
 lower end, runs northeasterly, soon skirting easterly 
 along the south edge of a wide and open bog, or 
 "barren," then northerly again, until it reaches Fourth 
 (Musquacook) Lake a mile below its head. 
 
 Should the tourist prefer to continue up Bog Brook, 
 he will find near its head, on the east side, a good road 
 which will lead him forty rods to a tiny beaver-pond, 
 beyond which it is about half a mile over a bad road 
 to Clear Lake, the source of the Musquacook, and a 
 very pretty body of water. Northwest of it lies Round 
 Mt., conspicuous from many points of the surrounding 
 country. From the outlet of Clear Lake the old road 
 runs along the stream past a small beaver-pond, about 
 a mile and a half, to 
 
 MUD LAKE. 
 
 This lake is all that its name implies, — a thin coat- 
 ing of water over a volume of yellow mud, which in 
 many places seriously impedes the passage of a canoe. 
 It is otherwise quite an attractive spot, and commands 
 a fine view of Round Mt. on the west, and the Peaked 
 Mt. group on the south, while Triple Mt. is visible 
 on the northeast. A small and pretty island is quite 
 conspicuous off the eastern shore of the lake, opposite 
 an extensive bog where cranberries grow in profusion. 
 The Lake is crescent-shaped and somewhat over two 
 
Ii8 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 miles long from " horn " to " horn." The stream 
 which is its outlet is about a quarter of a mile long, 
 and, excepting a short stretch near its mouth, will 
 generally be found deep enough to float a canoe. 
 
 FOURTH LAKE, 
 
 the next in the chain, is nearly if not quite three 
 miles long and half a mile wide, lying northwest and 
 southeast. Besides the stream from Mud Lake, three 
 insignificant brooks empty into it, and the sameness of 
 its shores and absence of variety in the surrounding 
 scenery impress one unfavorably. The outlet into 
 
 THIRD, OR DONALD'S LAKE, 
 
 is a small brook which flows from the northeast end of 
 the lake. It is about a mile long, and usually shallow 
 enough throughout its entire length to make wading 
 expedient, if not necessary. Donald's " Lake " lies 
 east and west, is a mile and a quarter long and five- 
 eighths of a mile wide, and on its western shore is the 
 resting-place of " Dirty Donald," who for many years 
 lived and hunted on Eagle Lake and Allagash waters. 
 He was left at this pond, by a sturdy companion, in 
 a feeble condition, and with only two days' provisions, 
 and when found three weeks later he lay on his back on 
 the floor of his Uttle log-camp, his face looking upwards 
 through the open chimney-place, and partly covered 
 with a tin basin to protect it from the falling snow. 
 Near him pieces of round-wood were found with the 
 bark gnawed off, — sure signs of an awful death from 
 starvation. 
 
S7\ JOHN WATERS. 119 
 
 Paddling across from the southwest to the northwest 
 corner of this pond, one enters the brook which leads 
 to Second Lake. It is somewhat deeper than the last 
 one, and about the same length, or a trifle longer. 
 
 SECOND LAKE 
 
 is a mile and a half, or more, long, and less than half 
 as wide. At its foot is a very good log-cabin, large 
 enough for three or four persons. Near it fishing is 
 said to be good — probably in deep water, for togue. 
 A brook flowing in from the west affords good feeding- 
 ground for large game. A short thoroughfare leads 
 into 
 
 FIRST LAKE, 
 
 the longest and narrowest of the chain. It is by some 
 persons said to be four miles in length, but if measured 
 would probably be found to fall short of three. At its 
 foot are the ruins of an old dam, over which canoe and 
 luggage must be lifted. From the left side of the 
 dam a good road leads down the stream a short dis- 
 tance, and soon turns westward between two ridges, 
 running thence ten miles to Depot Farm. A logging- 
 camp lies further down the stream, on the same bank, 
 some little distance from the water. 
 
 MUSQUACOOK STREAM. 
 
 For a mile and a quarter below the dam the bed of 
 the brook is a mass of boulders, without pretence of 
 having any channel, and bears the name of " horse- 
 race." The canoe-man, unless his bark be *'shod," 
 
I20 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 must " carry " past this obstruction, and will probably 
 find that the road on the left bank will be useful for 
 the greater part if not for the whole of the distance. 
 A mile and a quarter below the " horse-race " a good- 
 sized brook, sometimes called the " Little Musqua- 
 cook," empties into the stream from the west, and a 
 mile below it one comes to an alder-ground and 
 deeper, smoother water. This continues for half a 
 mile, when the water shoals again and for two miles 
 runs over a wider bed. Another stretch of smoother 
 water, along which is good camping-ground, extends 
 three quarters of a mile, after which for nearly six miles 
 down to its mouth the stream is shallow and rapid, 
 but ordinarily deep enough to float a loaded canoe. 
 Robin Branch empties into the stream from the east, 
 about seven miles from its mouth. But few good 
 camping-grounds offer themselves along the twelve- 
 mile course of the stream, fires having run through the 
 forests, in 1 88 1, on both banks, from below the alder- 
 ground nearly to the junction with the Allagash. 
 
 " Musquacook " is from maskwemoosi, " birch-tree " 
 (Rale), and aiike^ ''place," — "birch-tree place." 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Allagaskwigamooksis Lake to Pleasant Lake i^m. } , 
 Across Pleasant Lake to Harrow Lake Carry i>^m. ) ^' 
 
 Pleasant Lake to Harrow Lake im. I i/ j 
 
 Across Harrow Lake to Mouth of Bog Brook i)4m. ) '^ ^' 
 
 Harrow Lake to Fourth Lake SX"^- ^H days. 
 
 End of Carry to Outlet of First Lake . . lo^m. i day. 
 First Lake to Mouth of Musquacook Stream 12m. 2 days. 
 
 31m. 6 days. 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. I2i 
 
 ALLAGASH AND ST. JOHN RIVERS. 
 
 From the head of Churchill Lake (Allagaskwiga- 
 mook) it is about six miles to the remains of Chase 
 Dam, which are just below a bit of quick- water at the 
 foot of the lake. This dam was built some years ago, 
 in order to raise the water high enough to take logs up 
 through the Locks into Chamberlain Lake, and thence 
 down the East Branch of the Penobscot. Such a step 
 was rendered necessary by the action of the Province 
 of New Brunswick, which, although bound by the treaty 
 of 1842 to regard all logs which should come down the 
 St. John as if they were the product of the Province, 
 discriminated against the Yankees by levying a duty 
 on all logs coming down the river, and the crown then 
 paid a corresponding bounty on logs cut from the 
 crown-lands. During the same season, or a later one, 
 John Glazier and an associate, from the Province of 
 New Bnmswick, were driving logs on the lower Alla- 
 gash and St. John Rivers. The overflow from Chase 
 Dam was not sufficient to carry out their timber, and 
 it was feared the ''drive" would be "hung up." At 
 this juncture, the story goes, a party of Glazier's men 
 went up the river secretly, captured one of the two 
 men in charge of the dam, and cut away the latter. 
 The other man in charge escaped, and before he 
 reached his party at Chamberlain Lake nearly suc- 
 cumbed to fatigue and hunger. It is needless to add 
 that Glazier had all the water he wanted to carry his 
 "drive" successfully down the river. The dam was 
 subsequently burnt. 
 
 At the dam begins, on the left. Chase Carry, over 
 
122 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HEAD LAKE. 
 
 which it is expedient for such persons at least as are 
 novices in the management of a canoe to carry both 
 their canoe and luggage. They thus avoid what is 
 considered the worst place on the River, where the 
 stream is filled with huge boulders, between which the 
 water madly dashes and foams, making a tortuous 
 channel for the navigator, if channel it may be called, 
 dangerous and difficult of passage at all times, and 
 only to be attempted when the water is neither very 
 high nor very low. A part of this " horse-race " has 
 received the pet name of the " Devil's Elbow," a term 
 applied sometimes also to a spot nearly half a mile 
 further down the stream, where the river narrows and 
 where in the midst of rocks and foaming water a canoe 
 must shoot across from one side of the stream to the 
 other, or swamp. 
 
 The carry is about three-quarters of a mile long, 
 and pretty well filled up with fallen trees and growing 
 bushes. Immediately below it the water is quite rough 
 for some little distance, and one must be constantly on 
 the alert to avoid shipwreck. This over, however, a 
 canoe glides smoothly down the river past meadow- 
 land and grassy islands into Umsaskis Lake, — some 
 eight or nine miles in all. 
 
 UMSASKIS LAKE 
 
 is about four miles long, and two miles wide in its 
 broadest part. It is really but a part of Long Lake, 
 its name (more correctly Uem-sas-kek) denoting a 
 place where opposing points of land run out to meet 
 each other, or more graphically described by " tied 
 together like sausages." Among the islands near its 
 
6-7: JOHN WATERS. 123 
 
 head is good feeding-ground for game, and until within 
 a few years past moose could usually be found there. 
 From the foot of Umsaskis it is about six miles to 
 the lower end of 
 
 LONG LAKE, 
 
 which is chiefly noted for its Depot Farm. This farm 
 was long kept by one Priestly, and later by one John- 
 son and his Amazonian wife, as a supply-centre for the 
 Allagash-loggers. Here one can get flour and potatoes 
 at the modest prices, respectively, of ten cents per 
 pound and twenty-five cents per peck. The present 
 proprietor is named Harvey. Through his place runs 
 the road from Seven Islands on the main St. John 
 River, which continues eastward past the foot of Mus- 
 quacook Lakes to Ashland. From Depot Farm it is 
 eight miles down the river to 
 
 PATAQUONGAMIS, OR ROUND POND, 
 
 the water being in places quite rapid, but easy of navi- 
 gation. "Square Take," as this body of water has 
 often been called, is a misnomer, the adjectival part of 
 its Indian name meaning "round," From its inlet to 
 its outlet is about two miles, the lake extending to the 
 right from the inlet, thus making its total length some- 
 what greater. 
 
 ALLAGASH RIVER. 
 
 Three miles more of paddling, partly through dead- 
 water, bring one to the mouth of Musquacook Stream. 
 High ridges on either bank, looking down on the 
 
124 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 widening expanse of placid water, give a new and 
 pleasant sensation to the voyageur, and the stream so 
 lately struggling against rocky barriers seems at last 
 to have overcome them all, and to be indeed a deep 
 majestic river. Destructive forest-fires ran through 
 this section of Maine in the summer of 1 88 1, and have 
 left very few green oases on the river-banks. When the 
 charred remains of the noble forest-trees shall begin 
 to fall, the scene will be desolate enough ! 
 
 From the mouth of Musquacook Stream a mile and 
 a half of dead-water bring one to some rapids, and 
 nearly a mile more (of dead-water and current) to a 
 rude clearing on the left, where the river narrovvs to 
 half its former width. After three-quarters of a mile 
 more of strong current, one passes, on the right. Five 
 Finger Brook, so called from the various channels into 
 which it separates near its mouth. Passing a small 
 island just below the brook, four miles of strong current 
 and ''rips," with three or more "shallow" bars, bring 
 one to other islands and a stretch of less i:apid current ; 
 another mile and a half of current and "rips," to Ben 
 Glazier Brook on the left. Then follow a mile and a 
 quarter of similar navigation past an island which lies 
 near the right bank, to Ramsay's farm on the opposite 
 side. The river makes a wide sweep to the left around 
 this clearing, and after about two miles and a half of 
 uneventful paddling Finley McLennan's farm is passed, 
 on the left bank below some rapids. Here or at 
 Moir's, a mile below on the other side, one can get 
 provisions and plenty of good butter and delicious 
 milk. 
 
 One of the earliest settlers on this part of the river 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 125 
 
 was one Monroe, whose name a brook and island bear. 
 Finley McLennan has succeeded to the ownership of 
 the Monroe farm, and his name is often given to Mon- 
 roe's Island, the first of a group of nine which lie be- 
 tween here and Allagash Falls. The channel lies on 
 the left of Finley's or Monroe's Island, past the mouth 
 of McLennan's Brook. It is three miles to Allagash 
 Falls. Several farms lie on either side of the river, 
 owned by sons-in-law of Thomas Moir, a thrifty farmer 
 from the Restigouche country, at whose house travellers 
 are always sure of a cordial welcome. 
 From Moir's it is two miles to 
 
 ALLAGASH FALLS, 
 
 the river flowing with considerable current until just 
 before the falls are reached, when it grows rapid. 
 Canoes can safely run the rapids, past the upper, to 
 the lower carry, which lies on the right and is but a 
 few rods long. The falls are quite pretty, and consist 
 of one broken, ragged pitch, twenty-seven feet high by 
 actual measurement. The water as it passes over the 
 ledge of clay-slate is dashed into foam almost as white 
 as milk, but it soon regains its former semblance, and 
 flows on in tranquillity, unruffled by other impediments 
 than an occasional gravel-bar. 
 
 Canoes can usually be put into the water immedi- 
 ately below, but out of sight of, the falls. The water 
 breaks over a small ledge just below here, easy of pas- 
 sage save where the river is quite high. 
 
 The distances on the St. John, below the mouth of 
 the Allagash, have been measured on the ice, while 
 
126 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEiJEAD LAKE.. 
 
 those on the Allagash (both above and "below the 
 falls), as given by the settlers on its banks, are by them 
 said to be computed oji the town-lines. Hence when 
 the canoe-man is told by a "native " that it is twelve and 
 a half miles from Allagash Falls to the mouth of the 
 river, he may expect the distance to lengthen out to at 
 least fourteen miles, just as the distance from Musqua- 
 cook Stream to McLennan's is twelve and a half miles 
 instead of ten. 
 
 From the falls half an hour's paddle brings one to 
 a small island and Kobscus or Keeobscus (" near the 
 falls ") Brook on the right. Most of the shallow parts of 
 the river will now have been passed, and a continuous 
 current, with occasional rapids, is to be expected. 
 Twin Brook Rapids, the worst on the river, are about 
 seven miles below the falls, and lie between two small 
 streams, which flow into the river from its opposite 
 banks. 
 
 There are no farms on the Allagash below the falls, 
 until within a mile or more of its mouth, when the 
 river makes two sweeping bends down a perceptible 
 incline, and mingles its waters with those of the St. 
 John. A goodly mountain looks down upon the now 
 broad expanse of water, and high and pretty ridges 
 extend alonsr either bank for some distance. 
 
 ST. JOHN RIVER, OR WOOLASTOOK. 
 
 Less than a mile below the junction of the two 
 rivers are " Nigger " Brook Rapids, a dangerous place 
 for inexperienced boatmen. *' Nigger " Brook takes 
 its name from the circumstance that a number of 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 127 
 
 negroes first cut logs on it. From here it is three 
 miles to Cross Rock and rapids of the same name ; 
 one mile more to Golen ( ?) Rapids ; three or three 
 and a half miles more to Rankin Rapids, and nearly 
 two miles more to Michu Rapids. The latter are less 
 than two miles from the mouth of the St. Francis River, 
 which joins the St. John from the north, and with its 
 lakes forms the boundary hne between Maine on the 
 west and Quebec and New Brunswick on the east, for 
 a distance of thirty miles, to the foot of Boundary Lake 
 (Pohenagamook) . 
 
 UP THE ST. FRANCIS RIVER. 
 
 From its mouth it is five miles to Glaziers' Lake, 
 three miles across the latter, three miles more to Cross 
 Lake, eighty rods over it, and three and a half miles 
 further to " Beau " Lake. The latter is a mile wdde 
 and five miles long, and at its head is Morrison's farm, 
 from which it is about fifteen miles to Boundary Lake. 
 Here there is a settlement, from which it is twenty 
 miles, over a good road, to railway connection. This 
 route is quite a pretty one, and does not usually pre- 
 sent many difficulties to the canoe-man. 
 
 ST. JOHN RIVER TO FORT KENT. 
 
 From the Allagash to the mouth of the St. Francis 
 it is twelve miles, and if at the latter point, the canoe- 
 man should prefer a good bed indoors to a hard one 
 under his tent, he will find it at the neat and attractive 
 little white house of Martin Savage, which stands some 
 distance back from the river, on the right or Maine 
 
128 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 bank of the St. John.* Robert Connor, a successful 
 lumberman, whose large and imposing house stands on 
 the New Brunswick bank of the river, three miles below 
 Savage's, is also very courteous towards tourists, and 
 would no doubt gladly extend the hospitality of his 
 house to tired or belated canoe-men. After leaving 
 the Allagash one will find that good camping-ground 
 and fire-wood grow more rare the further one pro- 
 ceeds down stream. Hence the foregoing bit of infor- 
 mation. 
 
 After having passed the mouth of the St. Francis, 
 the canoe-man will have New Brunswick on his left 
 and Maine on his right, until he shall have passed 
 Van Buren, and come within two and a half or three 
 miles of Grand Falls, beyond which the St. John 
 becomes wholly provincial. 
 
 Below Savage's, one mile, the first " rips " or rapids 
 in the river are at Toban Bar. Five and a half or six 
 miles more bring one to Savage's Island, then a mile 
 and a half to Harford's Rocks, and two miles more to 
 Winding Ledges, just above which on the left bank is 
 the first church the tourist will see. At low water the 
 river at Winding Ledges is quite smooth. At high 
 water however, its boils over the three sharp ledges 
 which jut out into the stream (one from the left bank, 
 the other two flanking it from the right bank) , and to 
 pass successfully a canoe must keep well to the left, 
 until just above the break at the second ledge, then 
 shoot across deftly to the other bank, follow it down 
 
 * From this point a stage runs once a week on Mondays, 
 at 1 1 A. M., to Fort Kent, thence on Tuesdays to Caribou and 
 Houlton. 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 129 
 
 r 
 
 and recross just above where the water breaks over the 
 third ledge. Six miles more beyond Winding Ledges, 
 or sixteen miles in all from Savage's, bring one to Fort 
 Kent, where good meals and lodging can be had, or 
 a supply of camp-stores purchased at reasonable rates. 
 An old block-house at the lower end of the town, near 
 tlie junction of the St. John with Fish River, is well 
 worth a visit. 
 
 FROM FORT KENT TO EDMUNDSTON 
 
 it is nineteen miles. The first rapids are just above 
 and opposite the mouth of Fish River, at Clare's Bar, 
 Fish River Rapids being a short mile further down the 
 river. Six miles below Fort Kent, Baker River flows 
 into the St. John from the north, and several islands 
 lie opposite and near its mouth. Three miles below it 
 and ten miles from Edmundston is Chatacoin, where 
 prominently on the right bank stand a large gray 
 church and group of school-buildings. On the oppo- 
 site bank is a white church with unfinished steeple. 
 It is safe to say that all of the churches on the upper 
 St. John are Romish. 
 
 From Chatacoin it is about three miles to Michaud's 
 Island and Rapids, and Frenchville, from which point 
 a road runs about four miles to the shores of Long 
 Lake, the head of one branch of Fish River waters. 
 At Michaud's Island the river sweeps to the left, 
 making one of those peculiar unruffled descents over 
 an inclined plane, often noticed by the canoe-man on 
 the Allagash and St. John, and for several miles flows 
 almost due north. Setdements become more numer- 
 
130 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 ous on its banks, and the increased number of churches, 
 mills, and well-kept dwellings, with now and then a 
 ferry in use, indicate activity and prosperity among the 
 French inhabitants. The only remaining quick-water 
 to pass is at Rice's Rapids, about half a mile above 
 Edmundston. 
 
 EDMUNDSTON 
 
 lies on both sides of the Madawaska River (Matda- 
 was-kek, "hedge-hog place "), at its junction with the 
 St. John. It was formerly called Little Falls, and takes 
 its present name from Governor Sir Edmund Head, 
 during whose administration it is said to have been 
 incorporated as a town. It has two hotels, and is at 
 present the terminus of the New Brunswick Railway, 
 and as such the busy centre of the local trade. The 
 most interesting feature of the place is the crumbling 
 foundation of an old block-house, which picturesquely 
 stands on an outcropping ledge of slate in a grove of 
 young spruce-trees. 
 
 From here it is thirty-six miles to Grand Falls, 
 twenty-two more to the mouth of Tobique River, a 
 mile above Andover, where the New Brunswick Rail- 
 way crosses the St. John, and fifty more to Woodstock. 
 The tourist, however, will probably be ready at Ed- 
 mundston to leave the river, which continues to have 
 the same general characteristics as during the previous 
 twenty or thirty miles, and go by cars to Grand Falls, 
 and thence to Woodstock. 
 
ST. JOHN WATERS. 131 
 
 RESUMJE. 
 
 Across Allagaskwigamook Lake 5m. 
 
 Chase Carry ^m. 
 
 Chase Carry to Umsaskis Lake 8m. 
 
 Across Umsaskis Lake 4m, 
 
 Umsaskis Lake to Foot of Long Lake .... 6m. 
 
 Long Lake to Pataquongamis 8m. 
 
 Across Pataquongamis 2m. 
 
 Pataquongamis to Mouth of Musquacook Stream 3m. 
 Musquacook Stream to Allagash Falls . . . I5)^m. 
 Allagash Falls to Mouth of Allagash River . . 14m. 
 Mouth of Allagash to St. Francis River . . . 12m. 
 
 St. Francis River to Fort Kent i6m. 
 
 Fort Kent to Edmundston 19m. 
 
 Edmundston to Grand Falls (by rail) .... 36m. 
 
 i49Xm. 
 TEMISCOUATA LAKE. 
 
 At Edmundston, tourists who wish to visit the Te- 
 miscouata Lake region leave the St. John River and 
 paddle up the Madawaska for twenty-three miles, 
 through a succession of pools and easy rapids, the 
 worst part of the river being that which one can see 
 from the bridge at Edmundston. A good road follows 
 the right bank of the stream seventy-nine miles to 
 Riviere du Loup, and, if one prefers, canoes can be 
 hauled up the river to any point desired. Temis- 
 couata Lake is of irregular form, twenty-seven miles 
 long, and averages a mile and a half to two miles in 
 width. A few scattered farms lie on its shores, which 
 are still covered with a generous growth of forest trees, 
 while high ridges greet the eye in many places, and 
 give the landscape a pleasing variety. 
 
 Fifteen miles above Edmundston, or three miles 
 
132 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 above the boundary between Quebec and New Bruns- 
 wick, opposite Griffin's, a logging-road of indifferent 
 excellence leads four miles northeasterly into Little 
 Mud Lake. This is the head-waters of one branch of 
 the Touladi River, which flows in a roundabout course 
 into Temiscouata Lake, sixteen miles from its outlet. 
 A series of lakes and sluggish streams, it is but little 
 higher than Temiscouata Lake, and its descent is very 
 gradual and easy, thus offering to the canoe-man a 
 plain course and rapid sailing. 
 
 Three-quarters of a mile across Little Mud Lake, 
 and one enters Beardsley Brook, which flows eight 
 miles into Squatook Stream, and thence two miles into 
 Squatook Lake. Ten miles over this lake, and ten 
 miles of thoroughfare, bring one to Little Squatook 
 Lake, which is six miles long and divided into two 
 parts, and near which rise Squatook Peak and Sugar- 
 Loaf Mt. One mile of thoroughfare leads into Little 
 Lake, across which it is rather more than a mile. 
 Then follow a mile and a half of dead-water, to the 
 junction of Squatook Stream, with the Grande Fourche, 
 Or main Touladi, and the west branch of the same. 
 From this point it is eight miles to Touladi Lake, six 
 miles across it, and four miles down the stream to Tou- 
 ladi Falls, a stretch of water almost entirely free from 
 rapids. Canoes must be carried around the falls, and 
 some rapid water will be found below them, in the 
 mile which intervenes between them and Temiscouata 
 Lake. 
 
 If one prefers, one can send one's canoe by team to 
 Cloutier's on Temiscouata Lake opposite the mouth 
 of the Touladi, and go up that stream to the Forks, 
 
ST. JOHN- WATERS. 133 
 
 whence " poling " must be resorted to, in order to as- 
 cend either the West Branch, or the Grande Fourche. 
 
 Trout and whitefish are said to be very abundant 
 in this region, and large game is frequently seen there. 
 Birch canoes can be bought at Edmundston for ten 
 dollars, and guides, white or Indian, can be hired at 
 reasonable rates. The round trip from Edmundston 
 and return can be made comfortably in a week, or, 
 under favorable circumstances, in less time than that. 
 Camping outfits should be procured at Edmundston. 
 
 GRAND FALLS, 
 
 an attractive little town on the St. John, two and a half 
 or three miles east of the boundary line between New 
 Brunswick and Maine, is fast becoming a favorite stop- 
 ping-place for summer-travellers through the Provinces, 
 and already has a large hotel and the other accompani- 
 ments of a growing place of resort. The chief feature 
 of the town is, of course, the falls, where the river 
 pitches in three successive leaps over a ledge some 
 seventy feet or more high, and boils and hisses in its 
 onward course down a gorge lined with precipitous 
 walls. At the foot of the fall the water has worn away 
 the rock to such an extent that logs fifty feet long 
 passing over the fall disappear from sight, it is said, for 
 several seconds, and shoot up into view again with 
 tremendous impetus, often crushed and broken. A 
 pretty suspension bridge spans the chasm just below 
 the falls, and gives access to the country beyond, through 
 which run many attractive roads. 
 
 From Grand Falls one goes by rail to Aroostook 
 
134 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Junction in an hour and a quarter, passing in sight of 
 Aroostook Falls, at the mouth of the river. If obliged 
 to wait over night for connection to Woodstock, holders 
 of through-tickets can ride free on the cars up the 
 Aroostook to Fort Fairfield, where there is a good 
 hotel, and leave there the next morning for Woodstock 
 via Aroostook Junction. (See Railroad time-tables 
 among advertisements.) 
 
 EAST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT. 
 
 The route from Moosehead Lake to Apmoojene- 
 gamook or Chamberlain Lake has been previously 
 described on pages io6 and 107. 
 
 At the southwest end of Apmoojenegamook Lake, 
 at the " heel of the boot," is the natural 771011th of a 
 stream which now flows back into Telosmis Lake 
 (Pataquongamis). This stream, virtually a thorough- 
 fare, is rather wide and nearly half a mile long. Its 
 shores and those of Telos and Telosmis Lakes are 
 lined with the trunks and roots of dead trees. Telos- 
 mis is a mile or more wide, and somewhat longer than 
 it is wide, and flows into Telos Lake, from which it is 
 separated by only a narrow strip of — dead trees. A 
 fine view of Ktaadn, the Trout Brook, and other moun- 
 tains is had from these lakes. 
 
 Three miles and a half, or more, take one past and 
 around a prominent point of land, where the lake 
 begins to narrow, to the cut which was made some 
 years ago to connect Telos with Webster Lake. 
 What now seems to be the cut proper is a straight 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 135 
 
 canal, only thirty or forty rods long and twenty feet 
 or more wide, and at its lower end is the dam, which 
 confines and regulates the water of the Chamberlain- 
 Telos system. When this cut was first completed, and 
 the water allowed to go through it, the latter soon 
 washed away the soil from the bottom of the ravine 
 which leads down to Webster Lake, and its course 
 now resembles that of any natural brook, being broad 
 and rocky. Springer, in his " Forest Life and Forest 
 Trees," says : ^'Originally the canal was three hundred 
 rods long by four wide, and four feet deep ; but the 
 strong current of water flowing through, at the rate of 
 one mile in twenty minutes, has changed the regu- 
 larity of the channel to a more natural and stream-like 
 appearance." According to the theories of geologists, 
 the course of the waters of Telos and Apmoojenega- 
 mook, or Chamberlain, Lakes, was through this ravine 
 before our continent was submerged, and those lakes 
 were then very small, or did not exist at all. The 
 ocean- currents, however, deposited so much detritus 
 at the foot of Telos Lake, that when the country rose 
 again, the waters were turned back, formed the two 
 lakes just mentioned, and flowed over into Pongokwa- 
 hemook, or Eagle, and Allagaskwigamook, or Churchill, 
 Lake basins, and thence down the Allagash River into 
 the St. John. 
 
 A canoe without load can run from the dam down 
 to Webster Lake at almost any time in summer, but 
 usually not without difliculty. The water is rapid and 
 the channel tortuous. The road, a good one in the 
 main, but soft here and there, runs on the right of the 
 brook through the old Dwinel farm, thence along 
 
136 7VCRS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 the south shore of Webster Lake past the dam, and 
 down the stream to Trout Brook Farm and the outlet 
 of Matangamook Lake. 
 
 WEBSTER LAKE 
 
 is a very narrow body of water, two and a half miles 
 long, and its shores are no better than those of the lakes 
 above, the north shore being a series of burnt ledges, 
 while all are lined with a confused mass of drift-wood. 
 An abundance of small trout can usually be taken at 
 the dam. Webster Brook is a turbulent stream, and 
 on its course of eight or nine miles there are a great 
 many ''pitches" and much shallow water, and in or- 
 dinary summer-seasons more or less wading will have 
 to be done and hard work undergone to accomplish 
 its passage. Grand Falls, less than a mile from its 
 mouth, is the highest and by all odds the finest water- 
 fall on the entire East Branch. The main " pitch " is 
 about twenty-five feet high, and from below one gets 
 a striking view of the fall, and the mountains above 
 and beyond it. A succession of pretty cascades lie 
 below the main fall, and are worth seeing. 
 
 "Indian Carry" leads from Grand Falls three-quar- 
 ters of a mile over to the main ( ?) East Branch, a 
 stream much smaller than Webster Brook, and comes 
 out on its bank about an eighth of a mile above the 
 junction of the two streams. A good run of a little 
 over a mile takes one past some good duck-ground 
 into Matangamooksis, or Second Lake. 
 
 If the canoe-man's course be now towards the 
 Aroostook River, he must toil up the main East 
 Branch (sometimes called Thissell Brook), three-quar- 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 137 
 
 ters of a mile through rapid water to a dam, and about 
 two miles beyond, through dead-water and past a fall, 
 to the mouth of Bog Brook. After wading a few rods 
 up the brook a good '* carry" will be found on the 
 left, which runs about a mile to a large beaver-dam, 
 from which for a mile and a half a canoe can be pad- 
 dled up the brook to a bog. From this point the 
 tourist may find a ''spotted Hne " which runs over 
 high ground on the right, and which will lead him in 
 two miles or more to Milnokett Pond. It is another 
 mile and a half over the pond to the thoroughfare, a 
 few rods through the latter, four miles and a half over 
 Milnokett Lake to the dam and outlet, and four miles 
 and a half more down the stream to the junction with 
 Munsungan Stream. (Seepage 112.) 
 
 MATAXGAMOOKSIS LAKE 
 
 is three miles long, and from its bosom the Trout 
 Brook and Traveller Mts., which have long been hidden 
 from the tourist's view, come again into prominence, 
 and seem to accompany him on his journey down the 
 river, from which circumstance the latter group take 
 their name. Matangamook Mt., the finest and most 
 conspicuous peak, lies west of Matangamook, or Grand 
 Lake. 
 
 The thoroughfare between Second Lake and Grand 
 Lake is four miles or more long, and leaves the former 
 at the right of the rocky bluff near its foot. It flows 
 sluggishly between grassy banks, widens here and there 
 into broad " logons," — enticing ground for game, large 
 and small, — and finally merges into the larger lake. 
 
13S TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 About half a mile from the head of the thoroughfare 
 Hay Brook empties into it from the east. At its 
 mouth the banks are high, but half a mile above they 
 recede, and wide grassy meadows appear, which in 
 times of high water are submerged and form a shallow 
 "logon" several miles in extent.* Nearly three miles 
 below Hay Brook the tote-road from Webster Lake 
 crosses the stream over a floating bridge, around which 
 canoes must be carried. From this point a branch- 
 road runs a mile and a half to Trout Brook Farm, 
 where provisions can be obtained. 
 
 Another mile of paddling takes one to 
 
 MATANGAMOOK, OR GRAND LAKE, 
 
 which is, on the whole, a more attractive body of water 
 than those previously traversed. Its shores are in 
 some places high and consequently more interesting, 
 and on the tourist's right, as he enters it, lie several 
 islets and a very pretty island of larger dimensions, from 
 whose rocky peak a fine view is had of the lake and 
 surrounding mountains. " Louse Island " is the pleas- 
 ing name given to this spot. A mile up Trout Brook 
 on the left is the landing of Trout Brook Farm, a 
 farm which has been cultivated for forty or fifty years. 
 
 * A recent writer calls this a " lake," and the author cannot 
 but feel that the former was misled in his conclusions by the 
 unusually high state of the water at the time he visited the 
 spot. The name " Hay " Brook would naturally suggest a 
 brook which flowed through grassy meadow-land, from which 
 a crop of hay might be gathered. The testimony of men who 
 have worked for years near it would seem, however, to settle 
 the question definitely, and they say that the water at its nor- 
 mal height does not cover the meadow. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 139 
 
 The tote-road runs from here to Patten, thirty-four miles, 
 crossing the floating bridge before mentioned. At the 
 mouth of the brook fine trout may still be taken in the 
 season. 
 
 It is three and a half miles across Matangamook 
 Lake to the dam, and on the right, about half-way 
 down, one passes Moose Chff, and near the dam a 
 rocky point which, with the water, makes a pretty fore- 
 ground to the mountains beyond. Lifting over the dam 
 one comes again into quick-water, which, however, is 
 not hard to run. It is nearly a mile to Bill Fish Brook, 
 on the right, where good fishing can be had ; thence 
 two miles to Webster's Landing, on a high bank on 
 the left ; thence nearly two miles more through quiet 
 water between fine hard-wood forests to Stair Falls. 
 This stretch of water is particularly pleasing. The 
 stream is rather wide, and sweeps now and then to the 
 right or left, disclosing a bit of grassy shore lined with 
 lily-pads, and above it a fine prospect of the Traveller 
 Mts. A few rapids are easily run just above 
 
 STAIR FALLS, 
 
 where, should the water be low, canoes must be carried, 
 as the river-bed is filled with sharp ledges of sand- 
 stone. The " carry " is on the right bank, and is Httle 
 more than an eighth of a mile long. Just below the 
 falls there is a good spring near an old pine-stump. 
 The falls are best appreciated from below, and show- 
 two sets of steps, over and beyond which Matanga- 
 mook Mt. looms up, six miles away to the north. 
 
 Leaving Stair Falls, the river soon widens again, and 
 in its sluggish course forms grassy " logons " on either 
 
I40 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 side almost to Haskell Rock and Pitch, two miles be- 
 low. Here there are two principal " pitches " in the 
 river, the " carry," a good one, extending along the 
 right bank for three-quarters of a mile past both. The 
 formation is a coarse conglomerate. 
 
 GRAND FALLS — EAST BRANCH. 
 
 Rips and quick-water intervene for a mile to Pond 
 Pitch, where there is a short " carry " on either side, that 
 on the left being the more commonly used, and being 
 about two hundred yards long. Another mile of quick- 
 water brings one to Grand Pitch and rapids below. 
 The water here rushes over a broken ledge of grits and 
 clay-slate some twenty feet high, and flows between 
 two walls which extend nearly a quarter of a mile 
 to the end of the *' carry." The latter is on the left 
 bank. Three-quarters of a mile of rapid water inter- 
 vene between Grand Pitch and Hulling Machine Falls, 
 the " carry" around the latter lying on the left bank and 
 being about half a mile long. The river here makes a 
 double turn, and the falls consist of a series of heavy 
 " pitches " close together, not so high as Grand Pitch, 
 but well worth seeing, the mountains up the stream 
 adding much to the grace of the picture. 
 
 Smoother water occurs immediately below Hulling 
 Machine Falls, two miles, past Bowlin Ledges to Bow- 
 lin Falls, where the river curves and flows around a 
 •rocky island and some isolated rocks. Gravel-beds 
 predominate here, and while it is an easy stretch of 
 water to go down, it is quite hard to go up it, on ac- 
 count of the current. The " carry," about a hundred 
 yards long, lies on the right bank, but canoes can 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 141 
 
 usually run the falls, which are but a succession of 
 '' rips " and small " pitches." Bowlin Stream joins the 
 river at the foot of Bowlin Falls. The four falls last 
 named, Pond Pitch, Grand Pitch, Hulling Machine 
 Falls, and Bowlin Falls, are sometimes collectively 
 known as Grand Falls of the East Branch, to distin- 
 guish them from their namesake on Webster Brook. 
 By at least one writer * Grand Falls is said to embrace, 
 in addition to those just named, the others up to and 
 including Stair Falls. 
 
 Below Bowlin Falls there is some quick-water, and 
 a mile and a half below them Spring Brook joins the 
 river from the west behind one of two large islands, on 
 the left of which is the main channel of the river. 
 Soldiers' Field Rips and Spencer Rips are passed in 
 quick succession, followed by more quick-water. On 
 the left are Twin Islands and Sufferers' Rock, on the 
 latter of which an Indian squaw and her baby are said 
 to have perished formerly. More islands follow; op- 
 posite some of them is Hathorn's High Landing, from 
 which can be had a fine view of Spring Brook moun- 
 tains, south of the Travellers. Lower down the stream, 
 and just above a high sand-bank on the left. Swift 
 Brook joins the river. From this point, which is about 
 eight miles from Bowlin Falls, it is two miles to the 
 mouth of the Seboois River {Sipoo, "river," and es, 
 diminutive, "httle river") over a stretch of dead-water 
 which continues to Patterson's on the left bank, two 
 miles below. From Patterson's it is a mile to the 
 mouth of Wassataquoik Stream. 
 
 * Prof. C. H. Hitchcock. Report of the Secretary of the 
 Maine Board of Agriculture for 1861, p. 401. 
 
142 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HEAD LAKE. 
 
 The name Wassataquoik, or Wassa-teg\v^-wick, ac- 
 cording to the Indians, belongs properly to the main 
 East Branch of the Penobscot from Nickatovv (the 
 *' Great Forks ") up to and possibly beyond the mouth 
 of the stream which now bears the name. That the 
 two forms are identical in meaning seems probable, 
 although the writer understands their identity of ap- 
 plication to be denied by one of the oldest living 
 members of the Penobscot tribe, who insists that 
 Wassa-tegw^-wick is the name of the main stream, 
 while Wassataquoik is that of the smaller one. Fur- 
 ther investigation may solve the difficulty. " Wassa- 
 tegwd-wick " comes from 7vassay, ''to take fish by 
 torchlight" (Rale), tcgwe, ''stream" (Rale), and w/r/', 
 a form of the locative, — "at the stream where they 
 take fish by torchlight," or, more broadly, " at the 
 salmon-spearing stream." 
 
 Opposite Patterson's (the old Dacey farm) the 
 road to Mt. Ktaadn leaves the river and runs for some 
 distance along Wassataquoik Stream. Half a mile 
 below the mouth of the stream on the opposite bank 
 is the Hunt farm, formerly kept by Patterson, but 
 recently bought by S. B. Gates. It is here that visitors 
 to Ktaadn used to cross the river and take the road 
 opposite, to the mouth of Wassataquoik Stream, which 
 they also had to cross. 
 
 Below the Hunt farm a mile and a half of deep but 
 not sluggish water bring one to Crowfoot Falls, which 
 are followed closely by Whetstone Falls. These rapids 
 are caused by the water flowing over blocks of granite. 
 Canoes can run the former, and usually the latter, 
 although they may have to be " dropped " over one 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. ■ 143 
 
 bad "pitch" with the aid of the "painter." There 
 is a good path on the right, and eas>; walking on the 
 left. From Whetstone Falls to the mouth of Mud 
 Brook, eight miles, the water is smooth and canoeing 
 easy. Three miles more of very pretty country with a 
 short string of rapids intervene before Grindstone Falls 
 are reached. The " carries " are a mile long, on both 
 the right and left banks. The falls consist of a succes- 
 sion of " pitches," which cover perhaps a mile or more, 
 and in the aggregate make quite a descent. The 
 formation along the river is strata of clay- slate, grits, 
 and quartz tipped on edge, and very sharp and ragged, 
 while here and there are scattered boulders of granite 
 which add to the difficulties of navigation. However, it 
 is possible by wading, and by letting canoes down with 
 the " painter," to accomplish the passage at some sea- 
 sons without "carrying." 
 
 From Grindstone Falls to Ledge Falls it is seven 
 miles. Rocky Rips and Scratch Rips are passed dur- 
 ing the first half of the distance, the river being other- 
 wise almost entirely free from rapids. 
 
 Houses and farms now begin to appear, and grow 
 more numerous in the three miles between Ledge Falls 
 and Medway. These falls can be run by canoes, if 
 care is taken to keep out of the " boil" of the water 
 and avoid swamping. 
 
 Medway, or Nickatow, is at the junction of the two 
 branches of the Penobscot, and it is twelve miles from 
 there to Mattawamkeag. 
 
 Patterson calls it twenty-five miles from his house, 
 in either direction, to Matangamook Lake or to Nicka- 
 tow, — the entire distance being fifty miles. 
 
144 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 For wildness and picturesqiieness of scenery this 
 route is equal to, or perhaps surpasses, that down the 
 Ket-tegwe-wick or West Branch of the Penobscot, if we 
 except the gorge on the latter below Ripogenus Lake. 
 Its falls are on the whole much finer than those on the 
 West Branch. It is fully as difficult as the other route, 
 and offers many a good trout-pool, and not infrequently 
 an opportunity to secure large game. It is a strange 
 fact, however, that among all the mountains visible 
 from its course Ktaadn does not once appear. Was- 
 sataquoik and Lunksoos Mts., the latter 1,378 feet 
 above the river, are prominent above Hunt's, on the 
 west side of the Wassa-tegw^-wick. 
 
 It takes ordinarily four days or even less to go from 
 Matangamooksis Lake to Nickatow. 
 
 RfiSUMfi. 
 
 Apmoojenegamook Lake (Mouth of Mud Br.) 
 
 to Telosmis Lake 6m 
 
 Telosmis Lake to Telos Dam 4^"^ 
 
 Telos Cut im 
 
 "Webster Lake 2^m 
 
 Webster Lake Dam to Indian Carry .... 8m, 
 Indian Carry to Matangamooksis Lake . . . 2m. 
 Head of Mat'sis L. to Head Matangamook L. 7m 
 
 Across Matangamook Lake ZY^^^ 
 
 Matangamook Dam to Stair Falls 5m 
 
 Bill Fish Brook . . im. 
 Bill Fish Brook to Webster Landing . . . 2m. 
 Webster Landing to Stair Falls .... 2m. 
 
 Stair Falls to Haskell Rock Pitch 2m. 
 
 Haskell Rock Pitch " Carry " ...... ^^m. 
 
 " " to Bowlin Falls .... 5m. 
 
 " " to Pond Pitch . . . im. 
 
 Pond Pitch to Grand Pitch im. 
 
 Grand Pitch to Hulling Machine Falls . . im. 
 Hulling Machine Falls to Bowlin Falls . . 2m. 
 
 1 
 
 day. 
 
 }■ 
 
 I day. 
 I day. 
 
 I day. 
 • I day. 
 
I day 
 
 PENOBSCOT WATERS. 145 
 
 Bowlin Falls to Seboois River lom. 
 
 " " to Swift Brook .... i^m.-f- 
 
 Swift Brook to Seboois River .... 8m.-f- 
 
 Seboois River to Patterson's 2m. 
 
 Patterson's to Wassataquoik Stream . . . . im. 
 Wassataquoik Stream to Hunt Farm (Gates's) Y^m. 
 Hunt Farm to Crowfoot and Whetstone Falls i>^m. 
 
 Whetstone Falls to Mud Brook 8m. 
 
 Mud Brook to Grindstone Falls 3m. ^ 
 
 Grindstone Falls " Carry " im. I 1/ 
 
 Grindstone Falls " Carry " to Ledge Falls . . 7m. [ day. 
 Ledge Falls to Nickatow 3ni- J 
 
 KATAHDIN IRON-WORKS. 
 
 This township is northwest of Brownville, and the 
 focus of the mining operations carried on in it is on 
 Ore Mt. and at a small pond a mile east of it, whose 
 Indian name, or rather that of the West Branch of 
 Pleasant River, which flows through it, is by Green- 
 leaf* given as Mim' -olairi' mon-un' gim, "very fine paint, 
 or place where it is found, or great quantity of it." 
 From a recent christening this pond is called " Silver 
 Lake," and it is about 604 feet above sea-level. At 
 its outlet are the blast-furnace and charcoal-kilns of 
 the Katahdin Iron Company, while on the opposite 
 or west side of the stream is the Silver Lake Hotel, 
 recently enlarged and refitted, — a pleasant stopping- 
 place for the constantly growing throng of health-seekers 
 and tourists, who are but now beginning to appreciate 
 the natural attractions of this vicinity. 
 
 * Report of American Society for Promoting Civilization of 
 the Indian Tribes, 1824. 
 
 10 
 
146 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEH^AD LAKE. 
 
 At Milo Station the Bangor and Katahdin Iron- 
 Works Railway (standard gauge) connects with the 
 Bangor and Piscataquis R, R., running thence six miles 
 to Brovvnville, the present terminus of the road. It is 
 expected that this new feeder of the B. & P. R. R. will 
 be finished to the Iron-Works early the present season 
 at whicli time visitors will be saved the fatigue of com- 
 pleting their journey by buckboard over a very rough 
 road. 
 
 From Milo Station to Milo Village it is a mile and a 
 half, and four or five miles from the latter place to 
 Brownville, according as one takes the straight road 
 over a high hill or the more level road east of the former, 
 which crosses Pleasant River and turns northwest along 
 its left bank. Brownville Village is scattered, so to 
 speak, among a number of little hills, dotted with 
 groups of pretty shade-trees, and within its limits are 
 some of the oldest slate-quarries in this section of 
 Maine, still in active operation. 
 
 From Brownville the wagon-road to the Iron-Works 
 soon climbs a hill, and discloses to view the pretty 
 valley of Pleasant River below, and the mountains, 
 which are now rapidly approaching from the northwest, 
 their chain extending from Ebeeme (pronounced Eb- 
 ee-my) on the east to Boarstone on the extreme west. 
 
 Seven miles from Brownville, or half-way between 
 that village and the Iron-Works, the road enters the 
 " Prairie," a wide flat tract of ground at the confluence 
 of the three branches of Pleasant River, — East, 
 Middle, and West. A mile beyond, or at the upper 
 end of the '^ Prairie," the road crosses the Middle 
 Branch, having previously crossed the East Branch 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 147 
 
 half a mile above its junction with the West Branch, 
 and enters the woods. Six miles more of execrable 
 riding bring one to the Iron-Works hotel, store, fur- 
 nace, and settlement. 
 
 From this point and from farther up the valley fine 
 views are had of Saddlerock, White Cap, Spruce, 
 Baker, and Chairback Mountains, a succession of peaks 
 which give to the place its chief charm. Far to the 
 east is Ebeeme Mt. with its rounded top, next to 
 which, northwest, is 
 
 SADDLEROCK MT., 
 
 3,054 ft. high,* whose summit is between six and a half 
 and seven miles from the hotel. Three-quarters of a 
 mile east of the summit, and only a little below it, is a 
 pretty little pond between two cliffs which flank it on 
 the north and south. Saddlerock may be ascended 
 from the west by following an old road which leaves 
 the Brownville road a quarter of a mile below the hotel, 
 or from the north by following the Chesuncook road 
 around the west end of the mountain. The mountain 
 lies nearly east and west, and from the west looks quite 
 peaked. 
 
 Next towards the west is Little Spruce Mt., 3,274 
 feet high, with the twin Spruce Mt. Ponds at its 
 southern base, 1,802 feet above sea-level. North of it 
 is old 
 
 * The elevations given here and elsewhere in these pages, 
 except when otherwise stated, are calculated from observations 
 made by the writer with a Green's mountain barometer on the 
 several peaks, simultaneously with others made by President 
 M. F. Fernald at Orono, in July and August, 1881. 
 
148 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HEAD LAKE. 
 
 WHITE CAP, 
 
 the monarch of the group, 3,707 feet above the sea, its 
 rounded dome covered with bare patches of mica-schist 
 detritus and rock in place, alternating with scrub- 
 spruce and other stunted vegetation. West of it ex- 
 tends a spur divided into two peaks, and southwest is 
 Big Spruce Mt., all of which must be considerably over 
 3,000 feet high. The main summit of White Cap is four- 
 teen or fifteen miles, by road, from the Iron-Works hotel, 
 and is best reached from this point by taking the " Gulf" 
 road for seven miles to White Brook, along whose 
 rapidly descending course a branch road comes down 
 from Gaffney's Camp (1880). This road, although 
 steep in some places, is uniformly good (or was in 
 1881), and leads to within two miles or less of the 
 summit. Gaffney's logging-camp in 1881 was on this 
 road, four miles from the summit, and Clark's three 
 and a half miles below that. From both Saddlerock 
 and White Cap fine views are had of the surrounding 
 country, not the least of which is that of Ktaadn and 
 Joe Merry Mt., there being no intervening ridges or 
 peaks to belittle them. 
 
 On the other side of Pleasant River, and somewhat 
 more than two miles from the hotel, is 
 
 CHAIRBACK MT., 
 
 with its three principal peaks, of which that peak which 
 forms the top or back of the " chair " is 2,2 1 9 ft., and the 
 next peak, southwest, is 2,371 ft. above sea-level. The 
 most practicable route to the summit Hes two miles up 
 the " Gulf" road to " the Farm," where one can cross the 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 149 
 
 river by means of a rope -ferry. Entering the woods, 
 one may, if fortunate, find a " spotted line " leading 
 up to a sort of table-land which runs along the north 
 side of the mountain, about two hundred feet below 
 the summit. A short, steep climb takes one up to the 
 summit. From this point good views are had of the 
 northern and eastern mountain-peaks and a broad sweep 
 of open country to the south and east. North Chairback 
 Pond lies nearly west. From the next peak, a mile or 
 more to the southwest, Long Pond, West Chairback, 
 and the small ponds on the Houston head-waters are 
 near at hand, with Benson, Boarstone, Barren, Ele- 
 phant, Lyford, Baker, and other mountains near Moose- 
 head Lake conspicuous. The formation of the north 
 peak of Chairback is mica-schist, which changes, about 
 half-way across the second peak, into granite. One 
 day is enough in which to make the ascent of Saddle- 
 rock or Chairback and return to the hotel, and two 
 days for that of White Cap. 
 
 Big Houston Pond lies southeast of Chairback Mt., 
 with Round Mt. and Houston Mt. east of it, the latter 
 lying between Big and Little Houston Ponds. Little 
 Houston Pond is two miles from the hotel, by a good 
 road partly over Ore Mt., which road continues two 
 miles further to the dam at Big Houston Pond. An- 
 other path to the head of the latter pond runs west 
 through an old clearing, and diverges from the main 
 road a quarter of a mile from Little Houston Pond. 
 
 ORE MT., 
 
 one mile from the hotel, is a small eminence, and is 
 reached over an easy but dusty road, and by paths 
 
150 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 leading from it. A number of excavations, none of 
 them very deep, are being made, and from them the ore, 
 which Hes in beds neariy horizontal, is taken to the 
 furnace below. The ore is a limonite, the result of the 
 oxidation of a singular formation of pyritiferous rock, 
 which on exposure to the air gives off a light smoke. 
 Several springs near the top of the hill discharge water 
 highly impregnated with iron and copperas, some of 
 them so much so as to be extremely nauseating, and 
 the extent to which the mining is continued seems to 
 affect the character and taste of the water. 
 
 From Ore Mt. a pretty prospect opens out before 
 the beholder. The intervale below, with its bright 
 patches of cultivated land, " Silver Lake's " extended 
 waters nestling passively among the forests, and on 
 all sides lofty and imposing mountain-peaks, near and 
 distant, varying in their lights and shadows, make a 
 scene of ever increasing interest. 
 
 From the Iron-Works a road leads north along 
 Saddlerock Brook past B Pond, which is ten miles 
 away. There is said to be good trout-fishing here, and 
 at one time caribou frequented the shores of the pond 
 in large droves. Indeed, on the summits of many of 
 the neighboring mountains are well-worn paths made 
 by these animals, which still rove through the woods, 
 when not disturbed by the loggers' presence. 
 
 Perhaps the greatest natural curiosity in this section 
 of Maine is a gorge known as 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 151 
 
 THE GULF. 
 It is a narrow chasm some three and a half miles 
 long, through which flows the West Branch of Pleasant 
 River, the " Mun-olam'mon-un'gun." From the hotel 
 a good road runs along the west side of " Silver Lake," 
 and beyond it for half a mile along the top of a 
 **kame " or "horseback," about thirty feet high, which 
 has a brook on one side and a low meadow on the 
 other. This " kame " is north of the river and about 
 midway of the valley. From the hotel to a large clear- 
 ing known as " the Farm "it is two miles, and rather 
 more than a mile beyond to the edge of the forest, 
 near where three townships corner, the road by the 
 way touching the river at Horse Eddy. At the end 
 of another mile is an old logging-camp, from which 
 branches off the road up White Brook to White Cap. 
 Two miles more bring one to PugAvash, a small *' logon " 
 opposite the foot of the Gulf. The road thus far 
 has been passable for buckboards ; the latter half of it, 
 however, is very rough, and one can better walk than 
 ride over it. Rather more than a mile above the foot 
 of the Gulf the road crosses a bridge under which 
 flows 
 
 GULF HAGAS STREAM. 
 
 This little brook is a gem. For a quarter of a mile 
 below the bridge it is an alternation of bright sparkling 
 cascades and shady pools. The fall of land in its bed 
 between the bridge and river must be one hundred and 
 twenty-five feet, and there are no less than seven or 
 eight " pitches," varying in height from four to twenty- 
 six feet, some falling over the ledges in an even mass, 
 
152 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Others divided into two or three branches or arms, and 
 others still, broken in their fall by obstructing rocks, — 
 all of them, when over four feet high, as white as milk. 
 The most interesting one is " Screw- Auger " Fall, the 
 third from the bridge. It is twenty-six feet high, the 
 entire body of water passing through a part of the rock 
 about four feet wide, which it has worn into the shape 
 of an S. The water strikes the lower part of the S with 
 such force that it is precipitated about twelve feet in 
 a plane at right angles with the wall. Just below it is a 
 pool surrounded on three sides by a square chamber 
 of perpendicular walls, — a great curiosity. The walls 
 of this miniature gulf are ragged, and in many places 
 a descent to the water's edge is dangerous and in others 
 impossible, while in only a few is it at all practicable. • 
 
 The main road in no place comes within sight of 
 the river, but branches lead from it, here and there, to 
 " landings " used by the loggers, from which to roll their 
 logs into the stream. One of these branches, over 
 half a mile above Gulf Hagas, leads down to what has 
 been dubbed " Hammond Street Pitch," a precipitous 
 bank some ninety feet high, with a ledge or shelf five 
 feet wide jutting out two-thirds of the way down its 
 side. The view from here is quite impressive. The 
 stream foams and froths down its straight course of 
 eighty rods or more, while the opposite cliff, with its 
 profile of the " Old Man," rises perhaps sixty feet 
 higher, or to a total height of one hundred and fifty 
 feet above the stream. The latter turns sharply to the 
 south at its base, and soon again to the east, flowing 
 past the end of a rounded spur or ridge of solid slate, 
 which extends back some thirty or forty rods from the 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 153 
 
 Stream, and rises gradually from a height of sixty feet 
 or more some hundred feet additional. This is proba- 
 bly the highest part of the Gulf; that is, the cliffs are 
 here highest above the bed of the stream. 
 
 From this point a good path runs over the ledges 
 above the stream, and from it many points of interest 
 below can be reached where the cliffs descend abruptly 
 to the stream, while at others they are too precipitous 
 to admit of descending them or of walking along their 
 base. 
 
 A mile above Gulf Hagas is a logging-camp (1880), 
 the name of which appears on a painted sign, nailed 
 high up to the trunk of a small birch-tree, — '' Gulf 
 House." A few rods from here a rustic bridge has 
 been thrown over the river some twenty-five or thirty 
 feet above its bed, for the use of the " river-drivers." 
 From this bridge to the head of the Gulf it is about a 
 mile and a quarter, and one point of interest succeeds 
 another at short intervals along the entire distance. 
 First in order, and visible from the bridge, is a re- 
 markable full-front face of an Indian, formed by the 
 overhanging chff on the south side of tlie stream. 
 This rock is one side of what is called the " Lower 
 Jaws," a point made memorable by the death of an 
 Indian who was killed there in May, 1882, in a "jam" 
 of logs. A short distance above, at the " Main 
 Jaws " the channel was only seven feet and seven 
 inches wide, until blasted out to a width of twenty- 
 six feet. 
 
 A few rods from this point is Duck Pitch, about 
 fifteen feet high, over which the water pours with great 
 force, being churned to the consistency of buttermilk. 
 
154 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 A short distance above this fall is another very narrow 
 passage, where before it was blasted out the channel 
 of the stream for ten feet could not have been more 
 than five feet wide, and below it a pool and eddy have 
 eaten into the cliffs and formed an irregular chamber 
 with overhanging walls. The contraction of the oppos- 
 ing walls at this point is known as the " Upper Jaws," 
 and from the ledge on the north side may be seen, 
 lower down, on the opposite side, a pretty good pro- 
 file of an individual wearing a cap with a long and 
 clumsy visor. Next above is Bilhng's Fall, sixteen feet 
 high, which with the "pitch " just above it makes one 
 of the prettiest sights of the Gulf, and is well seen from 
 a high cliff just below it, a few steps from the path. A 
 few rods above here and around the bend are Stair 
 Falls, the head of the Gulf, 
 
 The formation along this remarkable chasm is slate. 
 Rocks jagged and rounded, cliffs perpendicular and 
 overhanging the stream, tlie former where the cleavage 
 is parallel with, and the latter where it is at right angles 
 to, its course ; huge blocks stripped off and lying in 
 confusion below, others partly detached from the par- 
 ent mass and separated just enough to leave an ugly 
 chasm between ; rounded spurs sloping down to the 
 water, solid masses, patched with moss and hchens, — 
 all these hard and rugged ledges covered with a scat- 
 tered growth of fir and spruce, — such are the charac- 
 teristics of the Gulf. In places the tourist can find a 
 difficult descent to the water's edge, where he will get 
 a much better impression of the marvels of the place, 
 and from its many pools he may take an abundance of 
 fine trout. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 155 
 
 The Gulf road leads up the stream'past Baker Mt. 
 to Big Lyford Pond and the West Branch Ponds at its 
 head, some ten or twelve miles distant. These waters, 
 heretofore practically inaccessible, abound in trout. 
 
 From the foot of the Gulf, on the south side of the 
 river, a fairly good path leads two miles to 
 
 LONG POND, 
 
 the main source of Sebec River, and the home of the 
 trout and land-locked salmon. It is a pretty lake, 
 three and a half miles long, affording many fine views 
 of distant mountains, and runs nearly to the base of 
 Barren Mt., around which its waters are discharged 
 to the south and west. A thoroughfare separates the 
 upper or principal part from the lower and narrower 
 part, and a short stretch of quick-water intervenes 
 before the end of the pond and the dam are reached. 
 From here it is about three miles through the woods to 
 Indian Pond (otherwise called " Rum " Pond) ; thence 
 three miles more to Greenville over a good wagon- 
 road. A path leads from the dam down the stream to 
 Elliotsville and Monson. 
 
 EBEEME PONDS AND EAST BRANCH OF 
 PLEASANT RIVER. 
 
 A mile beyond Brownville a branch-road leads to 
 Schoodic Lake, and also into a logging-road, which in 
 turn runs past Lower Ebeeme Ponds to Jo Merry 
 Lakes. A pair of horses could formerly haul canoes 
 and luggage through from Brownville to West Jo 
 Merry Lake in one day, but such a feat is now impos- 
 sible, owing to the badness of the road. 
 
156 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 The upper and lower Ebeeme ponds lie about four 
 miles apart, measured on the east branch of Pleasant 
 River, which flows through them before its junction 
 with the other branches. A canoe can be paddled and 
 poled up the connecting stream for two miles without 
 much difficulty, but above that point will have to be 
 carried half a mile, and poled the rest of the way to 
 the upper pond. The ponds and surrounding country 
 are quite picturesque, several wooded mountain peaks 
 being near at hand on either side. 
 
 The lower group of ponds consists of West Ebeeme, 
 connected by a narrow thoroughfare with Horseshoe 
 Pond, into which empties, by a small brook on the 
 north. Pearl Pond, and on the east. East Ebeeme Pond, 
 the latter being three-quarters of a mile from Schoodic 
 Lake, and connected with it by a good path. There 
 are numerous coves and inlets around the shores of 
 these ponds, which, besides being pretty, make good 
 shooting-ground. A good farm, cultivated by Elisha 
 Norton, lies on the Jo Merry road near Schoodic 
 Lake. 
 
 Into the Upper Ebeeme empties, on the north, 
 Wongun Brook, which for two miles from its mouth is 
 navigable by canoes. From the head of the dead- 
 water a good road leads into the Jo Merry road, and 
 it is only four miles to Jo Merry Lake. 
 
 Horace Falls, twp miles above Upper Ebeeme, is a 
 pretty little cascade fifteen feet or more high, with a 
 small island perched in the middle of it. 
 
 On the East Branch of Pleasant River, six miles 
 above upper Ebeeme pond, there is a gorge similar to 
 the Gulf, and called the "Gauntlet," — very wild, but 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 157 
 
 not quite equal, either in extent or picturesqueness, to 
 the former. A tote-road runs from Lower Ebeeme 
 pond, from the mouth of Babel Brook, to the Gauntlet. 
 Persons who visit Ebeeme Ponds leave the stage 
 at the house of William Tufts, at the *' Prairie," seven 
 miles from Brownville. 
 
 SEBEC LAKE 
 
 (same as Sebaygook, "large body of water"), an oddly- 
 shaped lake, and in some respects a pretty one, 
 lies near the line of the Bangor and Piscataquis Rail- 
 road, and can be reached conveniently by either of 
 three routes. The first is by way of South Sebec, 
 the second lies through Foxcroft, and the third leaves 
 Monson Station (formerly Abbot), — all stations on 
 the B. & P. R. R. 
 
 From South Sebec to Sebec Corner is a mile and a 
 half, and thence it is three miles and a half to Sebec 
 Village at the extreme end of the lower lake, or 
 " Pond," though some people call it two and three miles 
 respectively. About three-quarters of a mile before 
 reaching the village the road forks, the right branch 
 lying straight over Moulton Hill, and the left one cir- 
 chng around its base. 'From Moulton Hill, and from 
 other points on the road, fine views can be had of 
 Saddlerock, White Cap, Chairback, and other moun- 
 tains to the north and east, and in clear days of 
 Ktaadn also ; while off to the west rises Boarstone, 
 a rugged, peaked mass. Stages to Sebec Village con- 
 nect with the regular trains of the railroad. Fare, 
 twenty-five cents. 
 
158 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 From Foxcroft one can go by private conveyance, 
 or stage, at 7 a. m., due north four miles and a half to 
 Blethen Landing, at the west end of the lower pond. 
 There is a saw-mill here, and several farm-houses 
 where one can get a meal if needed, and await the 
 arrival of the steamer, which is due at 8.15 a.m. The 
 fare from Foxcroft to the head of the lake is fifty cents, 
 or about a dollar if by private conveyance. 
 
 The road from Monson Station leads through a 
 pretty and more or less cultivated valley, nine miles 
 to the Lake House, at the mouth of Wilson Stream. 
 At last accounts no regular stage ran over this road 
 oftener than once a week ; and should the visitor 
 select this route, which in some respects is preferable 
 to the other two, he will have to depend on private 
 conveyance from Monson, to which place he will be 
 carried by stage from the railroad station. 
 
 Blueberries grow in profusion near Sebec Lake, es- 
 pecially on Granite Mt. on the western shore ; and 
 during the time when they are ripe a small steamer 
 makes the round trip up and down the lake every day, 
 and runs pretty regularly during the rest of the summer- 
 season, say from July 25 th to September ist, leaving 
 Sebec Village in the morning and returning from Wil- 
 son Stream in the afternoon. Campers will find the 
 ordinary articles of an outfit at Sebec Village, and -at 
 reasonable prices ; but guides are scarce, and canoes 
 not to be had anywhere on the lake, unless by the 
 courtesy of some inhabitant, who may happen to own 
 one for which he has no immediate use. Mr. Frank 
 M. Ford, at the village, owns a sail-boat which is gen- 
 erally at the service of visiting sportsmen. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 159 
 
 In the spring, when the ice first breaks up, the fish- 
 ing at Sebec Lake is quite good at the outlet of the 
 lake, at the mouth of Ship Pond Stream in Buck's 
 Cove, and up Wilson Stream as far as the falls. Land- 
 locked salmon abound in its waters, and furnish capital 
 sport to the angler ; but their "run " lasts only a short 
 time, and during the summer the fisherman must be 
 content with pickerel and white perch. 
 
 Sebec Village was settled about 1802, and incorpo- 
 rated in 1 81 2, and the visitor must therefore be pre- 
 pared to see more or less cultivation on the shores of 
 the lake. A good road runs up the north side of the 
 lower pond, some five or six miles, past a number of 
 farms, while the south side seems to be still an un- 
 broken forest. The lake is eleven or twelve miles Ions:, 
 the lower part being narrow and rather commonplace. 
 From the village it is three miles to Litde Pine Island, 
 which consists of eight stumps, one cedar bush, and a 
 lot of drift-wood. One mile beyond is Big Pine Island, 
 whence it is three miles to the Narrows. The latter 
 are about forty-five rods wide, and from thence the 
 upper or main lake opens to view with its hilly western 
 shore, and Boarstone and Barren Mts. prominent at 
 the north. 
 
 The shores of the upper part of the main lake are 
 one mass of granite blocks, and are covered with a 
 hard-wood growth ; and only at and near the mouth 
 of Ship Pond Stream and on Green Point, three-quar- 
 ters of a mile below it, and a mile and a quarter from 
 Wilson Stream, can good camping-ground be found. 
 An old deserted fish-hatching-house stands at the 
 mouth of Ship Pond Stream, just below the falls and 
 
i6o TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 an old burnt dam. From it an old decayed tramway 
 leads up the west bank of the stream, a mile and a 
 quarter, to the quarry of the Howard Slate Co., aban- 
 doned some years ago. 
 
 Besides the lake there are a number of ponds and 
 streams near by, where the angler will be much more 
 likely to find fish than in the lake. One of these is 
 Buttermilk Pond, which is accessible over two good 
 roads which lead from two '■' landings," one above and 
 the other below a burnt ledge on the east shore of 
 Buck's Cove. The lower road takes one, after ten 
 minutes' walking, almost within sight of Bear Pond, 
 a pretty little lakelet half a mile wide. A mile beyond 
 Bear Pond this road runs through a clearing filled 
 with sawdust and trimmings made by cutting up birch 
 for spools ; thence a mile and a half more to the 
 east end or head of First Buttermilk Pond, the lat- 
 ter part of the way through a fine beech and maple 
 grove. 
 
 BUTTERMILK POND 
 
 is two miles long, and rather narrow except where a 
 cove indents the south shore, midway of its length. 
 The road touches the pond soon after leaving Sawdust 
 Clearing. The upper end of this pond, near the inlet, 
 is said to be a rare spot for trout and land-locked 
 salmon, in the season. The outlet is three-quarters of 
 a mile long to its junction with Ship Pond Stream, and 
 for the last half-mile of its course tumbles over innu- 
 merable slate-ledges, making one of the prettiest suc- 
 cession of falls in that section of country, some of the 
 "pitches" being over twelve feet high. An old path 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. l6l 
 
 leads from Sawdust Clearing, a mile and a half, nearly 
 to the mouth of the stream, which is opposite the old 
 Howard slate-quarry. 
 
 From Sawdust Clearing another logging-road leads 
 west, two and a half miles, to Millbank Pond, which 
 empties its waters into lower Sebec Lake just west of 
 Big Pine Island. It lies south of Third Buttermilk 
 Pond, which is quite pretty, while Buttermilk Pond, 
 No. 2, is marshy and uninteresting. The latter is 
 a quarter-mile, or more, from No. i, and three-quar- 
 ters of a mile from No. 3. No. 2 is a mile and a half 
 long. 
 
 The Lake House, formerly a hotel, but now seldom 
 used as such, kept by Captain A. G. Crockett, is situ- 
 ated near the mouth of Wilson Stream. It is the ter- 
 minus of the road from Monson, and from it one can 
 be conveyed to within three-quarters of a mile of 
 Grindstone Pond, formerly one of the favorite fishing- 
 grounds. Half a mile above the mouth of Wilson 
 Stream, at the falls, are the mill and buildings of the 
 Wlllimantic Linen Co., where they make their spools 
 from the birch which grows in abundance in this region. 
 The red-painted boarding-house of this company and 
 its litde Queen Anne cottages, on the brow of the 
 opposite hill, are very picturesque, and are decidedly 
 unique in these forest wilds. 
 
 Ship Pond Stream is impassable for canoes except 
 in high water, and the best way to reach Ship Pond is 
 over the wagon-road, three and a half miles, to Welch's 
 Mill, thence over the Elliotsville branch to Greenwood 
 Pond.* From Welch's Mill to Monson is five miles, 
 * See page 164. 
 
1 62 TOURS BEYOND MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 the way being along the outlets of Monson and Hebron 
 Ponds and over Norton Hill, from which the mountain 
 views to the north and northeast are very fine. It 
 takes about three hours to drive from Crockett's to 
 Monson. 
 
 MONSON. 
 
 Monson Village, in the middle of the township of 
 the same name, is six miles northeast from Monson 
 Station, on the Bangor and Piscataquis Railroad, and' 
 about fourteen miles south of Moosehead Lake. Sev- 
 eral large slate-quarries have been operated here for 
 ten years or more ; and since their opening, the village 
 has, from a quiet farming community, sprung into an 
 enterprising and busy trade-centre. It lies on high 
 ground, among the hills which skirt the east side of 
 the Piscataquis Valley, and from many points within 
 its limits fine views are had of the more distant and 
 pretentious mountains, which are prominent on the 
 west, north, and northeast. The best outlook, by all 
 odds, for the lover of natural scenery is from the top 
 of Homer's Hill, above the slate-quarries. The latter, 
 opened from one hundred and twenty to one hundred 
 and fifty feet below the surface, and disclosing a mass 
 of solid rock which extends to unknown depths, are 
 objects of great interest to all who visit them. Should 
 the quality of the slate in them continue as good as at 
 present, they will probably furnish work to many men 
 for several generations to come. 
 
 Hebron Pond, west of the village, is a very pretty 
 body of water, and contains many large and luscious 
 trout. On summer evenings its surface is dotted with 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 163 
 
 boats of merry villagers, seeking recreation, after the 
 toils of the day, among its lovely islands or near its 
 wooded shores. 
 
 Monson lies on the old stage-road from Dexter and 
 Dover to Greenville, as former visitors to Moosehead 
 Lake will remember. Indeed, one hne of stages from 
 Dexter to Greenville now runs over this road, and 
 passengers stop here to dine. Comfortable hotel 
 accommodations combine with the natural surround- 
 ings to make Monson an attractive and favorite resort 
 for people who love quiet and the healthful tonic of a 
 bracing atmosphere.* 
 
 Childe's Falls, on Goodale Brook, the outlet of 
 Spectacle Ponds, are two miles north of the village, 
 just east of the road which divides the town. They 
 are twenty feet or more high, and although the amount 
 of water which leaps from ledge to ledge is not large, 
 the cascade, is a very pretty one. 
 
 ELLIOTSVILLE. 
 
 Northeast of Monson is the town of Elliotsville, 
 much wilder and, for that reason, more attractive to 
 many people than its more thickly settled neighbor. 
 Following the old *' centre-road " from Monson Village 
 for a mile and a half, then turning to the right and 
 skirting the north side of Monson Pond, in five and a 
 half miles one comes to the Elliotsville line, and in 
 another two and a half miles to ElHotsville Falls on 
 Wilson Stream. From this point a road runs up the 
 west side of the stream about a mile, crosses the Little 
 
 * Since the above was written the principal hotel has been 
 destroyed by fire, and it is uncertain when it will be rebuilt. 
 
1 64 TOL'KS BEYOXD MOOSE HE AD LAKE. 
 
 Wilson (of Shirley) and ascends a steep hill until it is 
 lost in a large farm. Entering the woods opposite the 
 house far up the hill on this farm, and walking three- 
 quarters of a mile in a southwesterly direction, one 
 comes to the Little Wilson again, and to a deep gorge 
 through which it flows. A very steep and narrow ridge 
 divides the stream from a tributary north of it. At the 
 head of the gorge, some sixty rods from its mouth, is 
 a water-fall fifty-seven feet high, of surpassing loveliness 
 and well worth a visit. From the farm, as one de- 
 scends again to the road, a fine view is had of Boar- 
 stone and Greenwood Mountains. 
 
 At Elliotsville Falls the road crosses the stream on 
 a bridge, and on the east side forks, one branch lead- 
 ing north to Bodfish's, and the other running south- 
 easterly to Eben L. Holt's farm, where teams will be 
 stabled, and meals provided for hungry tourists. Mr. 
 Holt owns boats on Greenwood Pond and Ship Pond, 
 and, besides being reasonable in his charges, is a kind 
 and attentive host. 
 
 From this point the road to 
 
 GREENWOOD POND 
 
 leads through hay-fields, and camp-equipage can be 
 transported thither by team, while campers can walk 
 or not, as they please. It is about half a mile to the 
 shore of the pond, across which to its outlet it is per- 
 haps a mile further. From the landing a fine view is 
 had of Boarstone Mt. and one of its spurs, called the 
 *' Calf," which cast their lengthened shadows into the 
 marvellously clear water of the pond. Indeed, so 
 bright and clear is this water that it is difficult to take 
 
LITTLE WILSON FALLS. 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 165 
 
 fish from it, although they are said to be very abundant 
 there. 
 
 The "carry" into Ship Pond, or " Onaway Lake," 
 as it is sometimes called, begins west of and near the 
 oudet. The path is a good one, open, and for the 
 most part dry, although in places rocky, and is about 
 three-quarters of a mile long. It comes out on 
 
 SHIP POND, 
 
 opposite a granite ledge which juts out into the water 
 near by. The shores of this pond, Hke those of Sebec 
 Lake, are covered with granite detritus, and there are 
 very few good sites on them for a camp. The best of 
 these is at Haynes's Beach, on the south side of the 
 cove of the same name, and another on the northwest 
 shore of the pond, at a point just below Long Pond 
 Stream. At Haynes's Beach, Evan H. Gerrish of Ban- 
 gor has built a substantial cabin for the entertainment 
 of sportsmen, and provides canoes for their use on this 
 and neighboring ponds. 
 
 Ship Pond is so called from an island (Schooner 
 Island) which formerly had several trees on it, looking 
 collectively, and from a distance, like the masts of a 
 vessel. It lies on the northeast side of the pond, and 
 is visible from the "carry." The other name, "Ona- 
 way," is said to be the Indian for "awake," but the 
 writer has some doubts as to its applicability here. 
 This pond is one of the most strikingly situated ponds 
 of its size in this part of Maine. On the northwest 
 rises Boarstone Mt., abruptly almost from the water's 
 edge and a thousand feet above it. South of Boar- 
 stone is Greenwood Mt., insignificant only by com- 
 
1 66 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE 
 
 parison with its neighbors. Across the outlet from 
 Greenwood Mt. is Benson Mt., more impressive per- 
 haps from a distance than from near its base ; and 
 joined to it on the north, completing the encircling 
 chain, rises majestic Barren, several hundred feet 
 higher than Boarstone. All of these mountains rise 
 rapidly from the shores of the pond, and instead of 
 having a sameness, offer quite a variety of scenery, and 
 make the pond and its neighborhood objects of wide- 
 spread admiration. 
 
 On top of Boarstone, below the principal or eastern 
 summit, are three small ponds whose waters flow into 
 Greenwood Pond. There is also a small pond high up 
 the slope of Barren Mt. At the dam below Ship Pond, 
 and in different parts of the pond, trout and land- 
 locked salmon may be taken, and in some places also 
 fresh-water smelts. 
 
 From near the outlet a path leads east a quarter of a 
 mile into the old Chesuncook or Thissell road, thence 
 three-quarters of a mile past the end of Big Benson 
 Pond to the north shore of Buttermilk Pond. A 
 spotted line leads from it down to 
 
 BIG BENSON POND, 
 
 which is a mile and a half long. Its water is very 
 clear, the shores being covered with a pretty sand, and 
 the water near them shallow. Very large trout and 
 togue have been taken from this pond, and its stock 
 of fish is said to be by no means exhausted yet. Ben- 
 son Mt. lies north and northeast, and Little Benson 
 Pond is a mile to the eastward. 
 
 From the east shore of Moore's cove (southeast 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 167 
 
 corner of Ship Pond) it is but a few miles to Sampson 
 Pond and Caribou Barren beyond, — good ground for 
 deer. 
 
 From the head of Ship Pond one can paddle nearly 
 two miles up Long Pond Stream to Bodfish's Bridge, 
 from which Brown's clearing, a mile beyond, is reached 
 by a road through the woods and fields on the west 
 side of the stream. This road continues from Brown's, 
 some five or six miles, to Long Pond. About a mile 
 and a half up the stream from the clearing is a very 
 pretty succession of falls, called "Slugundy," a name 
 elsewhere found in Maine. They are best reached 
 from the road. A fine view of the end of Barren Mt. 
 is had from Brown's Clearing. 
 
 The ascent of Boarstone Mt. may be made from the 
 south side, over the "Calf," or more easily from 
 the north through the hard-wood forest which covers 
 the northern slope. 
 
 Parties who visit this locality will do well to secure 
 a canoe from Mr. Holt or Mr. Gerrish in advance, or 
 bring one with them. Camp-outfits and teams can be 
 obtained at Monson.* 
 
 MT. KTAADN FROM THE EAST. 
 
 If one is fonder of " tramping " through the woods 
 than of gliding over lakes and down streams in a 
 canoe, there is a route, other than that already de- 
 scribed, by which the ascent of Mt. Ktaadn is fre- 
 quently made. 
 
 * For information and guide, apply to E. R. Haynes, Post- 
 master, Monson, Maine. 
 
1 68 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 One goes by morning train on the European and 
 North American Railway from Bangor to Mattawam- 
 keag, where the cars connect with stage-coaches for 
 Sherman Village, some twenty-four miles away to the 
 north. It is seven miles from Mattawamkeag to Mo- 
 lunkus, where passengers stop to dine, and the entire 
 drive to Sherman may be accomplished by five o'clock 
 in the afternoon. The drive is pleasant and not lire- 
 some. Th-e stage-fare is two dollars. At Sherman 
 Village one can put up at the tavern, or, if early 
 enough, push on by private conveyance, over a good 
 road, four miles to Staceyville. 
 
 It is six miles over a very rough road from here to 
 the East Branch of the Penobscot, to the old Hunt 
 farm. Until recently this place was kept for some 
 years by C. R. Patterson, who now occupies a farm a 
 mile and a half above it. At Staceyville it may be well 
 to hire a horse to carry one's load to Ktaadn Lake. 
 At Patterson's a guide can usually be engaged, and, if 
 one is going up the river, canoes as well. 
 
 The road, an old " tote-road " from here westward, 
 crosses the river either at the Hunt farm, which is below 
 the mouth of the Wassataquoik, or at Patterson's, above 
 it, the former fork joining the latter on the north side of 
 this stream, up whose left bank it runs for six miles. 
 Recrossing it, the road runs westerly five miles to 
 Ktaadn Lake, from which a magnificent view is had of 
 Mt. Ktaadn in all its majesty. The best place to camp 
 is at the head of the lake, a mile from the outlet, at 
 Reed's old lumber-camp on Sandy Stream. 
 
 From the outlet of Ktaadn Lake it is over five miles 
 to Reed's upper dam. The road runs part of the way 
 
PENOBSCOT WATERS. 169 
 
 along Sandy Stream, and crosses it at the dam, after 
 which it is somewhat better than for several miles 
 before, but soon becomes steep, and is hned with 
 blocks of granite. From the dam to the Basin is 
 nearly six miles, the latter being, according to Pro- 
 fessor Hamlin,* 1,700 ft. the higher, or 2,900 ft. above 
 sea-level. 
 
 The wildest part of Ktaadn scenery is had from this 
 neighborhood, and a better idea of its grandeur and 
 impressiveness is obtained here than from any other 
 point. Almost surrounded by perpendicular walls of 
 rock, the tourist never ceases to wonder at what is 
 before him. 
 
 Good fishing is found in Ktaadn Lake and Sandy 
 Stream, or rather were found there before the habit 
 became prevalent among guides and loggers of de- 
 stroying trout in great numbers by the use of dynamite, 
 — a flagrant outrage which cannot be condemned too 
 severely. 
 
 * For a full and interesting description of this and other 
 approaches to Ktaadn, see Routes to Ktaadn, by C. E. Hamlin, 
 in Appalachia, December, 1S81. 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. ii\ 
 
 FORKS OF THE KENNEBEC 
 AND VICINITY. 
 
 FIRST ROUTE. 
 
 NORTH ANSON. 
 
 Another way of reaching Moosehead Lake and 
 the head-waters of the Kennebec is by way of Skow- 
 hegan, or North Anson, and thence up the Kennebec 
 valley. 
 
 The tourist leaves Boston at 7 : 30 a. m. by the East- 
 em, or by the Boston and Maine Railroad, and, con- 
 necting at Portland with the Maine Central Railroad, 
 continues by way of Lewiston and Auburn to West 
 Waterville. At this place those who wish can connect 
 with the Somerset Railroad, and go to North Anson, 
 or one can without change of cars continue to Skow- 
 hegan. 
 
 By the former route one crosses the Kennebec at 
 Norridgewock, an interesting old town on its banks, 
 which was settled early in the eighteenth century. A 
 short distance above it the cars pass, on the left, 
 a granite obelisk erected to Father Rasles and the 
 Norridgewock Indians, who were slaughtered there 
 in 1724. The pious father had come from Canada, 
 a missionary to this wild tribe, and had succeeded in 
 
172 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 gaining a great ascendency over them. At his insti- 
 gation they committed depredations on the settlers 
 near by, at the time when the French and English 
 were not on very good terms. Finally, Captains Har- 
 mon and Moulton were sent with two companies of 
 soldiers to punish them. Coming on to the high 
 ground east of their village, they divided the party, 
 surrounded the unsuspecting Indians, and, after a brief 
 resistance, killed most of them, and burned their chapel 
 and village. 
 
 The railroad runs along and near the left bank of 
 the river, crosses to the right bank at Madison, \\here 
 there is quite a waterfall, and continues on the same 
 side to North Anson. It takes about an hour and a 
 quarter to go from West Waterville to North Anson, 
 and the fare is one dollar. 
 
 North Anson, at the junction of the Kennebec and 
 Carabassett Rivers, is a thriving little village, and at 
 present the northern terminus of the Somerset Rail- 
 road. It lies on both sides of the Carabassett, a 
 stream which runs noisily through it, over rapids of 
 considerable length and interest. From the village 
 a fine view is had of Mount Abraham and Mount 
 Bigelow, to the west. The cars arrive here about half 
 past five, and the tourist can have supper, and push 
 on, the same evening, seven miles, to Solon, or he can 
 stop here over night and. leave for Solon the next 
 morning at half past seven. It is forty miles from here 
 to the Forks, the junction of Dead River with the 
 Kennebec, and teams connect at Solon, in the morn- 
 ing, with the regular stage from Skowhegan, or vice 
 versa from Solon, with the morning train from North 
 
KENNEBEC WA TERS. 1 7 3 
 
 Anson to West Waterville. The fare to Solon is fifty 
 cents. Parties can procure, at reasonable rates, a team 
 to carry them through to the Forks, the same night. 
 
 From North Anson a good road runs tvventy-seven 
 miles to 
 
 DEAD RIVER. 
 
 Here, at Parsons's hotel, in Dead River Village, one 
 can get canoes and staple provisions, and go up the 
 river eleven miles, or by land nine miles, to Flagstaff 
 Village, which is between the pond of the same name 
 and Dead River. Seven or eight miles up the river 
 from Flagstaff is Eustis, a small village with a mill, 
 above which on the north branch of Dead River one 
 can paddle twelve miles to Chain Ponds. Only one 
 carry, and that only twenty rods long, has to be made, 
 about four miles above Eustis, around Ledge Falls. 
 
 From Chain Ponds one crosses the Canada line, 
 and soon descends into Lake Megantic. This is' the 
 route taken by Arnold in his famous march to Canada 
 in October and November of 1775, he having come 
 up the Kennebec until opposite Carrying Place Ponds, 
 over which he crossed to Dead River, camped some 
 time at Flagstaff, and then proceeded up the north 
 branch through Chain Ponds into Canada. 
 
 Below Dead River Village there are six miles of 
 " dead " water to Long Falls, one mile to the west 
 of which is Long Pond, a good fishing-ground. In 
 fact, the whole of this Dead River region, being out 
 of the usual range of sportsmen, affords very good 
 trout-fishing. 
 
174 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Around Long Falls there is a carry of three quarters 
 of a mile ; then come six miles of " dead " water, at 
 the foot of which are Grand Falls and a dam. Below 
 the dam there are wild rapids for seventeen or eighteen 
 miles, — all the way to the Forks. 
 
 SECOND ROUTE. 
 
 SKOWHEGAN. • 
 
 The route through West Waterville and Waterville 
 to Skowhegan is perhaps more convenient than the 
 first-named, as it involves no change of cars. Skow- 
 hegan is the head-quarters of the regular and only 
 Kennebec stage-Hne, and one is more likely to get a 
 good seat in the stage there, than if one should con- 
 nect with it at Solon. 
 
 The night train from Boston fails, by two hours, to 
 connect with the stage, unless there should be at least 
 six persons aboard who are going up the river, and 
 who shall have previously notified the stage to await 
 their arrival. By this plan, however, one who wishes 
 to buy an outfit at Skowhegan has no time to do so, 
 and for such a person the morning train from Boston 
 is the better, provided one can afford to lose the day 
 spent on the cars. 
 
 Skowhegan is quite an attractive place, and the fall? 
 in the Kennebec there are well worth seeing. The 
 Turner House, a spacious hotel, is well kept and com- 
 fortable, and within pistol-shot of the depot. 
 
 The stage leaves the hotel, for the Forks, forty-six 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 1 75 
 
 miles away, at half past six o'clock every morning. 
 The road up to Solon — fifteen miles — runs through 
 broad and undulating country, and discloses now and 
 then pretty glimpses of distant mountains and hills. 
 One of the prettiest views is from Robbins Hill, ten 
 miles from Skowhegan. Moxie Mountain stands out 
 prominently, to the north. 
 
 From Solon the road follows the course of the river 
 up its left bank to Bingham, eight miles beyond, where 
 stage-passengers dine. This is the terminus of the 
 telegraph-hne. 
 
 Above Bingham the hills which flank the river ap- 
 proach it more nearly, and the road winds around its 
 pretty curves, now through stretches of woodland, and 
 again through " dugways," on the very edge of the 
 bank. It is comparatively level all of the way to the 
 Forks, and in good weather the entire distance through 
 Solon, Bingham, Moscow, Carratunk, and the Forks 
 Plantation, is made in about ten hours, stops included. 
 
 Between Skowhegan and the Forks a stage runs each 
 way every day. From the Forks to Hilton's, in Sandy 
 Bay township, a stage runs every Tuesday, Thursday, 
 and Saturday, arriving at Moose River Village at three 
 o'clock r. M., and at Hilton's, fourteen miles beyond, 
 the same evening. The stage returns on the alternate 
 days of the week. Should the amount of travel render 
 it expedient, the proprietors are ready to run a stage 
 every day over this route, both ways. Passengers to 
 Canada connect at Hilton's with the Canada stage 
 down the Riviere du Loup to St. Joseph, thence they 
 go by rail to Quebec. 
 
 From Solon a stage runs every morning, and con 
 
176 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE, 
 
 nects with the cars at North Anson, at 7 : 45 a. m. 
 The stage from the Forks reaches Skowhegan in the 
 evening, in time, if required, to catch the night train 
 for Boston. Excursion tickets from Boston to the 
 Forks and back, by this route, cost fourteen dollars. 
 
 THE FORKS OF THE KENNEBEC 
 
 has long been a favorite resort for fishermen. A well- 
 kept and commodious hotel is prettily and conveniently 
 located in the centre of a large tract of fine trout-coun- 
 try, and the smaller game of the woods abounds in its 
 vicinity. One of the best fishing-grounds near at hand is 
 
 MOXIE POND, 
 
 which is between ten and twelve miles long, and from a 
 mile to a mile and a half broad. Two roads lead to it 
 from the Forks, one on either side of Moxie Stream. 
 That on the south side is five miles long, and the more 
 direct ; the other is two miles longer, and passes near 
 Moxie Falls, a cascade ninety-five feet high, which 
 should by all means be visited. Both roads come 
 together at the dam which is at the outlet of the pond. 
 Moxie Stream is " dead " from its mouth almost up to 
 the falls, sixty rods above which is another fall of fifteen 
 feet, called Rankin's Falls. From the latter point to 
 the lower dam it is a hundred rods. Two miles inter- 
 vene between the lower and upper dams, three fourths 
 of which is ' dead " water. At the lower dam there is 
 a farm and a very neat cabin, kept by Tom Morris ; at 
 the upper dam Frank Heald has a camp. 
 
ill J' I I'lfil 
 
 "^^ 
 
 MOXIE FALLS. 
 
A'EXNEBEC WATERS. 177 
 
 Going up the pond one comes, at the end of a mile 
 and a quarter, to Caribou Narrows, a charming spot 
 for camping. Tall pines stand out above their forest 
 companions, and with the mountains and rocks look 
 wild and weird. Black Narrows are two and a half 
 miles further up the pond, and Mosquito Narrows 
 about two miles beyond them. A canoe can run up 
 Mosquito Stream to Mosquito Pond. 
 
 Bald Rock is a mile above Mosquito Narrows, just 
 opposite Sandy Stream, which is navigable for about a 
 mile from its mouth. Baker Brook empties into the 
 pond at its head, and is unnavigable. The Devil's 
 Table, nine miles up the pond, is a large flat rock in 
 the middle of the water. For two or three miles the 
 upper part of the pond is narrow, and boulders and 
 sharp rocks lie concealed just below the surface of the 
 water. 
 
 Good fishing is to be had in Mosquito, Sandy, and 
 Alder Brooks. Cranberries and blueberries grow in 
 profusion on the shores of the pond, and deer and 
 caribou are frequently seen near it. 
 
 Nine miles below the Forks a good road leads from 
 the Kennebec, three miles, to 
 
 PLEASANT POND, 
 
 where there is quite a settlement. The water of this 
 pond is deep and clear, so clear that one can fish suc- 
 cessfully until quite late at night. The trout in it are ot 
 a peculiar kind, very silvery, round, plump, and deli 
 cious eating. The road continues from the north end 
 of the pond four miles to Mosquito Pond. 
 
178 TO URS BE YOND MO OSEHEA D LAKE. 
 
 Carrying-Place Ponds, and Otter and Peirce Ponds 
 are reached from Carratunk, and are said to afford 
 good fishing, the trout in them running as large as 
 four and five pounds. 
 
 Fish Pond, six miles from the Forks, and two miles 
 from the lower dam on Moxie Stream, also affords 
 good fishing. 
 
 Black Pond, a mile from the Kennebec, has some 
 togue in it, but few brook-trout. A convenient way 
 of reaching Indian Pond from the Forks, by canoe, is 
 through Black Pond, then two miles, partly by carry- 
 ing, to Knight's Pond, thence one mile over a carry to 
 Little Indian Pond, and through its boggy outlet, with- 
 out serious difficulty, almost down to the mouth of 
 Indian Stream, where some more carrying will have to 
 be done. Elbow Bog empties into the head of Knight's 
 Pond. 
 
 A gi-oup of ponds which furnish good fishing,, and 
 which lie pretty near together, are Wilson's Hill or 
 Tomhegan Pond, Long Pond, above it, Horseshoe and 
 Ellis Ponds, and the Ten-thousand-Acre Ponds. The 
 first named is reached by going up the Canada Road 
 three miles from the Forks, then turning to the right 
 up the lower Cold Stream road through the Coburn 
 field, and thence walking seven miles. A good way is 
 to camp on the old farm on the border of Wilson's 
 Hill Pond, and to make excursions thence, on different 
 days, to the other ponds named, which are within a 
 radius of two miles or less. 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. 1 79 
 
 From the Forks to Indian Pond is fifteen miles, 
 thence ten miles to Moosehead Lake. The better 
 road is on the left bank of the Kennebec. 
 
 PARLIN POND. 
 
 Fifteen miles north of the Forks, on the Canada 
 Road, is a group of buildings, — custom-house, post- 
 office, and hotel, — which are a mile from the head of 
 Parlin Pond, and which for many years have been a 
 stopping-place for sportsmen. The fishing in the pond 
 is good, and canoes and guides can be had at reason- 
 able rates. 
 
 Five miles beyond, on the Jackman-Parlin line, is a 
 hotel kept by A. F. Adams, the proprietor of the stage- 
 line which runs from the Forks to Hilton's. This house 
 is said to be very well kept, and its proprietor is atten- 
 tive and obliging. It is only three miles from the foot 
 of Parlin Pond, to which a good road runs from it. 
 This road crosses at the dam just below the pond, and 
 continues down the stream, and up Lang Stream to 
 Lang Pond, where trout are abundant. Good fishing is 
 also to be had at Parlin Pond dam. A good path runs 
 directly from Adams's to Long Pond, — four miles. 
 
 MOOSE RIVER VILLAGE 
 
 is fifteen miles from the head of Parlin Pond, on the 
 same Canada Road. Two small hotels flourish here, 
 together with all the appurtenances of a well-regulated 
 New England village. Provisions and outfit can be 
 obtained here for a trip into the woods, but, as has 
 
l8o TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 been remarked elsewhere, one must not be disap- 
 pointed if one does not find on the verge of the forest 
 everything that is needed. 
 
 Leaving the village, and paddling up Moose River, 
 one soon comes into 
 
 WOOD POND, 
 
 along whose eastern shore one goes four miles to the 
 head of the pond. One McKinney has a farm and 
 house here, and he can provide parties with boats, 
 and, if need be, with a guide, too. 
 
 On the west of Wood Pond are Little Wood and 
 Big Little Wood Ponds. The latter is half a mile 
 from the former, and a mile wide and nearly three 
 miles long. A good road leads from Moose River 
 Village to the latter, and, touching it midway of its 
 length, runs up to its head. Both ponds contain trout 
 in abundance. 
 
 A half or three quarters of a mile of river separate 
 Wood Pond from 
 
 ATTEAN POND, 
 
 which is rather larger than the former, and much pret- 
 tier. It contains many islands, and has good shores 
 covered with a generous amount of hard wood. From 
 its western extremity a very good road, a mile long, 
 runs across to Holeb Pond, and, by carrying across 
 this one mile, one saves about twenty-seven miles of 
 travel around the " bow." 
 
 Three miles south from the outlet of the pond 
 
KENNEBEC WATERS. l8i 
 
 MOOSE RIVER 
 
 again resumes its course, and is " dead " for half a 
 mile up to Attean Rips, just below which is a pretty 
 little island. The carry around the " rips " is on the 
 left, and not more than twenty rods long. There are 
 two principal " pitches," either of which can at times 
 be run on the setting-pole, the upper one being per- 
 haps the more difficult. 
 
 The river is substantially smooth for eleven miles, 
 between Attean Rips and Holeb Falls, except at Spen- 
 cer Rips, three miles below the latter, and in ordinary 
 seasons its navigation will give the canoe-man little 
 trouble. Spencer Rips can be run on the setting-pole. 
 At Three Brooks, opposite Bradstreet's farm, and two 
 miles below Holeb Falls, one will get good fishing. 
 In Town Five, near the Attean line there are two farms, 
 one on each side of the river, but no houses. 
 
 Holeb Falls is a very picturesque spot, the water 
 falling some twenty-five feet over large masses of rock. 
 The carry hes on the left bank, is steep and half a 
 mile long. A good road leaves Parlin Pond, runs west, 
 touching at Holeb Falls, and continues up the stream 
 to the north branch. 
 
 Above Holeb Falls, on the left, is Smith's farm, now 
 kept by Jim Hall, — the last habitation on the river, 
 as one goes up. The stream is substantially " dead " 
 from this point even up to, and above, the forks of 
 the river. It is two miles above Holeb Falls to Bar- 
 rett Brook, and two and a half more to Holeb Stream. 
 A tolerably easy passage can be had for a canoe up 
 Holeb Stream to the pond. 
 
I82 TOURS BEYOND MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Above Holeb Stream, the first brook on the right is 
 Big Gulf Stream, and the second, — a fraction of a 
 mile beyond, -and on the same side, — Little Gulf 
 Stream. Both are so named because of the gorges 
 through which they flow. The mouth of Little Gulf 
 Stream is near the town line, three quarters of a mile 
 west of which are Lowell Falls. A short carry lies 
 on the right bank. A short distance above the fall?;, 
 on the left, is a small pond, half a mile from the river, 
 which used to be a famous moose-ground. 
 
 So tortuous is the stream between Holeb Falls and 
 the town line near Lowell Falls, that the distance be-* 
 tween the two, by canoe, is about eighteen miles, while 
 in a straight line it is less than half that number. 
 
GAME AND FISIJ. 183 
 
 GAME AND FISH OF NORTHERN 
 MAINE, 
 
 Northern Maine, like all other hunting-ground within 
 easy reach of civilization, has been pretty thoroughly 
 hunted and trapped, not by sportsmen, but by men 
 who make it a business to do so. The moose, which 
 twenty years ago roamed through its forests, and fre- 
 quented the banks of its lakes and streams in large 
 numbers, is almost extinct, and to-day it is a rare 
 occurrence to meet one anywhere within its borders. 
 This state of things is due to the lamentable short- 
 sightedness of hunters, who in seasons of deep snow 
 have, for the sake of its hide, slaughtered this noble 
 animal by scores, and left its carcass to spoil. 
 
 An occasional moose, or other wild animal, killed by 
 sportsmen for its meat, would scarcely be missed, and 
 the act of killing, whether in or out of "close-time," is 
 on this ground justified by the community. But the 
 wanton destruction of game, by any one, for the sake 
 of the excitement, or " sport," as it is called, will never 
 be indulged in, nor approved, by the true sportsman. 
 
 The last remarks, mutatis mutandis^ apply equally 
 well to fish. The old notion has been fully disproved, 
 
184 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 that a trout once caught, would not, if put back into the 
 water, again take a hook. Fishermen can, therefore, 
 by undergoing a Httle trouble, have all the " sport " 
 they want, and after reserving enough of their " catch " 
 for use, return the uninjured fish to their own 
 element. 
 
 The fish-laws of Maine have been altered and 
 amended from year to year, to suit the fancy of each 
 successive Legislature. None seem as yet to have hit 
 the mark of effective protection, for it is notorious that 
 more fish are caught in the winter and spring, when 
 the ice first forms, and when it first breaks up, than at 
 any other time of the year, if we except the time im- 
 mediately after spawning. 
 
 As the moose disappears from Maine, deer seem to 
 increase, and are working their way east. Caribou 
 abound about the head-waters of the Penobscot, and 
 apparently increase more rapidly than they are killed 
 off. Large game is occasionally seen on the shores 
 of Moosehead Lake. Of the fur-bearing animals, such 
 as otter, beaver, sable, black cat, and loup-cerviers, the 
 supply has fallen off so much, that trappers now say it 
 does not pay to go after them. 
 
 Trout are abundant away from the beaten thorough- 
 fares of sportsmen. In the immediate vicinity of 
 Moosehead Lake fishing is fair at all times, except in 
 midsummer. A hatching-house is to be built this year, 
 near Mount Kineo, the good effect of which will in a 
 few years be quite noticeable. 
 
 In the lake are white-fish, " lakers," and brook-trout. 
 The first-named is very good eating, lives in deep 
 water, and averages a pound or more in weight. The 
 
GAME AND FISH. 185 
 
 *Maker," or lake-trout, weighs as high as twenty-five 
 pounds, lives in deep water, — to the great annoyance 
 of the white-fish, — and, in the absence of brook-trout, 
 is deemed good eating. 
 
 The writer has not attempted to give, in these pages, 
 exact directions as to the whereabouts of all the good 
 fishing-pools in different ponds and streams, and for 
 three reasons. First, and principally, he does not 
 know where they are ; secondly, they change from 
 year to year, nay, even from day to day ; and, tliirdly, 
 it would take away much pleasure from the camper- 
 out, if he were not allowed occasionally to hunt after 
 his game. One soon learns, without being told, that 
 at the foot of rapids, below dams, at the mouths of 
 cold streams, and in pools along their course, are the 
 most likely places for fish. As to game, one should 
 ever be ready to meet it. It comes when least ex- 
 pected, and may be off again before one can disen- 
 gage his gun from a lot of rods and camp equipage. 
 Keep it by your side, or in your hands, always, while 
 in the woods. 
 
 Ducks are not very abundant in the interior of 
 Maine, except in a few localities, where there are good 
 feeding-grounds. Sheldrakes — a fishy fowl — are most 
 common, and are found everywhere. Black ducks are 
 numerous on the feeding-grounds, but are exceedingly 
 shy. Teal and wood-duck are found here and there. 
 Partridges are abundant everywhere, and are very 
 easily aporoached. They are most often found along 
 old roads, or on the banks of streams, probably be- 
 cause hunters do not go into the thick woods after 
 them. 
 
l86 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 DIGEST OF THE GAME AND INLAND FISH 
 LAWS OF MAINE. 
 
 MOOSE. 
 
 It is unlawful to take, kill, or destroy any moose, at any 
 time, until October ist, 1880, or thereafter, between Janu- 
 ary 1st and October ist, in each year, under a penalty of 
 one hundred dollars for each moose so taken, &c. Any 
 person who aids or assists in so doing is deemed a prin- 
 cipal. — Acts of 1878, ch. 50, §§ I, 2. 
 
 DEER AND CARIBOU 
 
 may not lawfully be killed, taken, or destroyed between 
 January ist and October ist, under a penalty of forty dol- 
 lars for each one so killed, &c. — Ibid. § 4. 
 
 MOOSE, DEER, AND CARIBOU 
 
 may not lawfully be hunted with dogs, under like penal- 
 ties as for killing the same. "Any person may law- 
 fully KILL ANY DOG FOUND HUNTING MOOSE, DEER, OR 
 CARIBOU." — Ibid. §4. 
 
 The possession of the hide or meat of these animals, at 
 a time when their killing is unlawful, is presumptive, but 
 not conclusive, evidence of having killed them. — Ibid. 
 
 §§2,5. 
 
 No person shall carry or transport any part of any such 
 animals during the period in which it is unlawful to kill 
 the same, under a penalty of forty dollars. — Ibid. §6. 
 
 FUR-BEARING ANIMALS. 
 
 The "close-time" for mink, beaver, sable, otter, and 
 fishers, is from May ist to October 15th. — Ibid. §11. 
 
GAME AND FISH LAIVS. 187 
 
 For muskrats, from June ist to October 15th. — Acts of 
 1873, ch. 30, § 15. 
 
 The penalty for unlawfully taking any of tbe foregoing 
 is ten dollars for each animal. — Ibid. 
 
 BIRDS. 
 
 The "close-time" for wood-duck, dusky (black) duck, 
 or other sea-duck, is from May ist to September ist ; for 
 ruffed grouse (partridge), and for woodcock, from Decem- 
 ber 1st to September ist ; and for quail or pinnated grouse 
 (prairie-chicken), from January ist to September ist. No 
 one shall kill, sell, or have in possession, except alive, 
 any of said birds, nor carry nor transport the same during 
 the period in which their killing is prohibited, under a 
 penalty of not less than five dollars, nor more than ten 
 dollars for each bird. — Ibid. §§ 12, 16, as amended by 
 ch. 126 of the Acts of 1879. 
 
 None of the above birds, nor any wild duck can law- 
 fully be taken in snares or traps. Penalty, five dollars for 
 each bird. — Ibid. § 13. 
 
 The wanton taking, or destruction, of the eggs or un- 
 fledged young of any wild bird, except of crows, hawks, or 
 owls, is punishable by a fine of from one to ten dollars for 
 each nest-egg or young so taken or destroyed. — Ibid. § 15. 
 
 Chapter 50 of the Acts of 1878 does not apply either 
 to commissioned taxidermists, or to the shooting of ducks 
 on the sea-coast. — Ibid. §§ 17, 19. 
 
 FISH. 
 
 The "close-time "for land-locked salmon, trout, and 
 togue is from October ist to May ist (except on the St. 
 Croix River and its tributaries, and on all the waters in 
 Kennebec County, where it extends from September 15th 
 to May 1st) ; for black bass, Oswego bass, and white 
 
 * " Killing quail is prohibited in toto until Sept. i, 1883. — Ch. 189, 
 \ctso£ 1880." 
 
l88 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 perch, from April ist to July ist. —Acts of 1878, ch. 75, 
 § 13, as amended by ch. 122 of the Acts of 1879. 
 
 The penalty attached to the foregoing section is not 
 less than ten dollars, nor more than thirty dollars, and a 
 further fine of one dollar for each fish taken. In Febru- 
 ary, March, and April, however, citizens of Maine may 
 "fish for and take land-locked salmon, trout, and togue, 
 and convey the same to their own homes." — Ibid. § 15, 
 as amended by ch. 122 of the Acts of 1879. 
 
 The use of grapnel, spear, trawl, weir, net, seine, trap, 
 set-line, and spoon, either through the ice or otherwise, 
 is prohibited. Only hand-fishing, with a single-baited 
 hook or line, or with artificial flies, is legal. The penalty 
 for disregarding this section is the same as that of sec- 
 tion 15, and all grapnels, etc. are forfeited if found in use 
 or operation, any person being authorized in such case to 
 destroy them. — Ibid. § 14. 
 
 No person shall sell, expose for sale, or have in pos- 
 session with intent to sell, or transport from place to 
 place, within the State, any of the above fish during the 
 period in which the taking of said fish is prohibited. All 
 such shall be deemed to have killed, caught, or trans- 
 ported the same contrary to law, and be liable to the penal- 
 ties provided. Penalty from ten dollars to fifty dollars. — 
 Ibid. §§ 16, 17, as amended by ch. 122, Acts of 1879. 
 
 " No person shall fish in that portion of a pond, or other 
 water, in which fish are artificially cultivated or main- 
 tained by the written permission of the fish-commission- 
 ers, without the permission of the proprietor, under a 
 penalty of not less than ten nor more than one hundred 
 dollars, and an additional penalty of two dollars for each 
 fish so taken or killed." — Ibid. § 24. 
 
 The " close-time " for salmon is from July 15 to April i, 
 but between July 15 and Sept. 15 they may be taken 
 "by the ordinary mode, with rod and single line, but 
 not otherwise." — Ibid. § 10, as amended bych. 187, Acts 
 of 1880. 
 
CAMP-FIRES. 189 
 
 PUT OUT YOUR CAMP-FIRES! 
 
 The attention of campers is earnestly called to the sub- 
 ject of their camp-fires. Too much care cannot be exer- 
 cised to see that these are thorougJiiy put out before the 
 camps are deserted. The danger lies not so much in 
 leaving a few smouldering brands in the middle of a bare 
 fireplace, as in allowing \o remain unextinguished a 
 single spark in the turf at its side. It should be the 
 tourist's last care, before leaving camp, to apply plenty 
 of water to the soil around his fireplace, which nearly 
 always is composed of dry moss, leaves, and other inflam- 
 mable matter, frequently to the depth of a foot or more. 
 A spark lurking in this mass for days undetected may be 
 fanned into life by the next wind that blows, and the 
 mischief which ensues may be irreparable. Too much 
 stress cannot be laid on this matter. The writer knows 
 of cases, where campers have taken the utmost care, 
 apparently, to leave not a single live ember behind them, 
 and yet ravaging forest fires have been proved to have 
 originated from their camps. Thousands upon thousands 
 of dollars' worth of timber have been thus destroyed; and 
 if we only remember that in burning a man's trees we do 
 him as much harm as if we burned his house, it will spur 
 all conscientious men to treat the forests with perhaps 
 even more consideration than they would their own prop- 
 erty. It is no mean privilege we enjoy, of camping, 
 hunting, and fishing on other men's land. Let us then 
 render back at least this one duty of putting out our 
 camp-fires. 
 
 Following are the provisions of law relating to the 
 subject, to wit : — 
 
IQO MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 STATE OF MAINE. 
 
 Chapter 132 of the Revised Statutes, passed 1855. 
 
 An act to Protect Forests and Timber Lands from Fires, and to 
 Punish the Unlawful and Careless Kindling of Fires. 
 
 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives 
 in Legislature assembled, as follows : 
 
 vSect. I. No person shall kindle a fire on land not his own. 
 without the consent of the owner, under penalty of a fine of ten 
 dollars and costs, and to stand committed until the fine and 
 costs are paid. 
 
 Sect. 2. If any person shall kindle a fire in any field, pas- 
 ture, or enclosure, forest or timber land, not his own, Avithout 
 the consent of the owner, and the same shall spread and do 
 damage to any buildings, fences, crops, cord-wood, bark, or 
 other personal property, or to any wood or timber land, he shall, 
 on conviction, be punished by a fine of not less than ten nor 
 more than five hundred dollars, and costs, according to the 
 aggravation of the offence, and shall stand committed till the 
 fine and costs are paid. 
 
 Sect. 3. If any person shall maliciously, with intent to in- 
 jure any other person, by himself or any other person, kindle 
 a fire on his own land, or on the land of another person, and 
 by means of such tire, the buildings, fences, crops, or other 
 personal property, or wood or timber lands, of any other per- 
 son shall be destroyed or injured, he shall on conviction, be 
 punished by a fine not less than twenty dollars, nor more than 
 one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment in the common jail 
 or house of correction, not less than three months, nor more 
 than twelve months, or in the state prison not less than one 
 nor more than three years, according to the aggravation of 
 the offence. 
 
 Sect. 4. If any person shall for any lawful purpose, kindle 
 a fire upon his own land, he shall do it at such time and in 
 such manner, and shall take such care of it to prevent it from 
 spreading and doing damage to other persons' property, as a 
 prudent and careful man would do, and if he fail so to do, he 
 
CAMP-FIRES. 191 
 
 shall be liable in an action on the case, to any person suffering 
 damage thereby, to the full amount of such damage. 
 
 Sect. 5. Any person who shall enter upon the lands of 
 another person, for the purposes of hunting or fishing, and 
 shall, by the use of fire arms, or other means, kindle any fire 
 thereon, shall be liable to the penalties of the first, second, or 
 third section of this act, as the case may be. 
 
 Sect. 6. Persons engaged in driving lumber, upon any 
 waters or streams, may kindle fires when necessary for the pur- 
 poses in which they are engaged, but shall be bound to use the 
 utmost caution to prevent the same from spreading and doing 
 damage; and if they fail so- to do, they shall be subject to all 
 the liabilities and penalties of this act, in the same manner as 
 if the privilege granted by this section had not been allowed. 
 
 Sect. 7. The common law right to an action for damages 
 done by fires, is not taken away or diminished by this act, but 
 it may be pursued, notwithstanding the fines or penalties set 
 forth in the first, second, and third sections of this act ; but 
 any person availing himself of the provisions of the fourth sec- 
 tion, shall be barred of his action at common law for the dam- 
 age so sued for. And no action shall be brought at common 
 law for kindling fires in the manner described in the sixth sec- 
 tion; but if any such fire shall spread and do damage, the 
 person who kindled the same, and any person present and con- 
 cerned in driving such lumber, by whose act or neglect such 
 fire is suffered to spread and do damage, shall be liable in an 
 action on the case, for the amount of the damage thereby 
 sustained. 
 
 Sect. 8. This act shall take effect and be in force from and 
 after its approval by the governor. 
 
 [Approved Februaiy 28, 1855.] 
 
TOURS FOR CAMPERS, 193 
 
 TOURS FOR CAMPERS. 
 
 The following tables will show approximately the 
 time needed to make several of the more usual tours, 
 around and near Moosehead Lake. The night passed 
 on the cars from Boston to Bangor is not reckoned in 
 the tables, so that the " third night " means the night 
 of the third day from Boston. 
 
 One must needs be on the move pretty much all the 
 time, to carry out the programme laid down, and it 
 may be well to add two or three days, in fourteen, for 
 wet weather and other drawbacks. The enjoyment 
 and comfort of campers will be greatly enhanced if 
 they take half as much time again for each tour as is 
 here thought necessary. 
 
 No. I. — One Week. 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE. 
 
 Boston to Mount Kineo I day. 
 
 Head of lake and return I day. 
 
 Socatean River i day. 
 
 East Outlet i day. 
 
 Brassua Lake 2 days. 
 
 Mount Kineo to Boston i day. 
 
 7 days. 
 
194 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 No. II. — Two Weeks. 
 
 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Boston to Mount Kineo I day.* 
 
 Mount Kineo House i day. 
 
 Brassua Lake 2 days. 
 
 Tomhegan and Socatean 'otreams .... 2 days. 
 
 Mount Kineo House i day. 
 
 Spencer Pond 2 days. ■ 
 
 East Outlet 2 days. 
 
 Greenville i day. 
 
 Wilson Pond .... I day. 
 
 Greenville to Boston . . . i day. 
 
 14 days. 
 
 No. III. — Two Weeks. 
 
 UP THE WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT. 
 
 Boston to Mount Kineo i day. 
 
 Nelhudus Stream, or Seeboomook Falls . . 2 days. 
 
 To Forks of West Branch i day. 
 
 To Hale Brook i day. 
 
 Hale and Alder Brooks 3 days. 
 
 To Penobscot Brook (.^) *. . . i day. 
 
 Back to Canada Falls i day. 
 
 To Gulliver Falls i day. 
 
 To Northwest Carry I day. 
 
 To Kineo i day. 
 
 To Boston I day. 
 
 14 days. 
 
 No. IV. — Two Weeks. 
 DOWN THE WEST BRANCH OF THE PENOBSCOT. 
 
 Boston to Moosehead Lake ist day. 
 
 Greenville or Mt. Kineo to Moosehorn Str. 2d day. 
 
TOURS FOR CAMPERS. 195 
 
 Weymouth Point, — Chesuncook Lake . 3d night. 
 
 Ripogenus Carry 4th night. 
 
 Sourdnahunk Dead-Water 6th night. 
 
 Sandy Stream, — Foot of Mt. Ktaadn. . 8th night. 
 
 Sandy Stream 9th night. 
 
 Ambajejus Lake loth night 
 
 Fowler's, or Medway nth night. 
 
 Mattavvamkeag , 12th night 
 
 Boston 14th day. 
 
 No. V. — Two Weeks. 
 
 DOWN THE ST. JOHN RIVER. 
 
 Boston to Moosehead Lake ist day. 
 
 Moosehead Lake to Moosehorn Stream . 2d day. 
 
 Umbazookskus Lake 3d night. 
 
 Chamberlain Lock 4th night. 
 
 Thoroughfare Brook, or Chase's Carry . 6th night. 
 Umsaskis Lake, or Long Lake .... 8th night. 
 
 Allagash Falls 9th night. 
 
 Edmundston nth night. 
 
 Grand Falls I2th night. 
 
 Boston 14th day. 
 
 No. VI. — Fifteen Days. 
 
 CAUCOMGOMOC LAKE. 
 
 Boston to Moosehead Lake ist day. 
 
 Moosehead Lake to Moosehorn Stream . 2d day. 
 
 Lower Falls, — Caucomgomoc Stream . 3d night. 
 
 Caucomgomoc Lake . 4th night. 
 
 Avery Brook . . ; 5th night. 
 
 Round Pond 6th night 
 
 Poland Pond I day. 
 
 Daggett Pond and Shallow Lake . . . i day. 
 
 Allagash Lake and return to Round Pond 3 days. 
 
196 MOOSEHEAD LAKE AND VICINITY. 
 
 Caucomgomoc Stream 12th night. 
 
 Moosehorn Stream 13th night. 
 
 Mount Kineo House 14th night. 
 
 Boston. ■ 16th day. 
 
 No. VII. — Two AND A HALF TO ThREE WeEKS. 
 FORKS AND MOOSE RIVER. 
 
 Boston to the Forks i day. 
 
 The Forks 3 days. 
 
 Jackman House 2 days. 
 
 Moose River Village 7th night. 
 
 Holeb Falls 9th night. 
 
 Lowell Falls Iith night. 
 
 Attean Pond, via Holeb Pond .... 13th night. 
 Moose River Village 14th night. 
 
 The Forks 15th night. 
 
 Boston 17th day. 
 
 Moosehead Lake 17th night. 
 
 Boston 22d day. 
 
 The following table gives the approximate expense 
 of making each of the foregoing excursions from, or 
 in the vicinity of Moosehead Lake, with one guide, 
 and one or two tourists to a canoe. Under " R. R. 
 Fares," there is included, in Tours 4, 5, and 7, besides 
 meals and sleeping-car berths, the cost of transporting 
 guide and canoe from the end of the journey back to 
 his home. 
 
 The car-fare from Boston to Mount Kineo is ^9.25 ; 
 to Mattawamkeag, ^9.10, — limited ^7.60; and to 
 Edmundston, ^14.45, — limited ^12.20. 
 
^ 
 
 o 
 
 i/i 
 
 .^ 
 
 CO 
 
 M 
 
 - 
 
 1^1 
 
 % 
 
 2?. 
 
 
 C/) 
 
 i 
 
 <• 
 
 CO 
 
 1 
 
 ■ cd 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 o> 
 
 |. 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1- 
 
 
 
 
 |i 
 
 u 
 
 Duration of 
 Tour. 
 
 M I- 
 
 M \m 
 
 M :« 
 
 M 
 
 - 
 
 M l« 
 
 1 
 
 K> 
 
 - 
 
 Tourists. 
 
 8i8 
 
 : 
 
 8i8 
 
 ^.8 
 
 i 
 
 M 
 
 O 
 
 8:8 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 R. R. Fares, 
 incl. Meals 
 & Sleeping- 
 Cars. 
 
 i 
 
 ooio 
 
 818 
 
 8:8 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 J? 
 
 8:8 
 
 
 
 
 M. H. Lake 
 Steamer, 
 Pa£6engers 
 & Canoe. 
 
 O Kn 
 
 8 8 
 
 OO^Jk. 
 
 8i8 
 
 8:8 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 8:1 
 
 8:8 
 
 p 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 Hotels. 
 
 <5I 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 4^ 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 Guide. 
 
 8;8 
 
 • 1 
 
 00 M 00 M 
 
 8:8 88 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 oo:m 
 8:8 
 
 u :po 
 8:8 
 
 8 
 
 ■6ft 
 
 i 
 
 Provisions. 
 
 
 i 1 
 
 w 
 
 •s 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 Carries. 
 
 00 00 
 
 8 8 
 
 ^ 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 00 
 
 8 
 
 
 8 
 
 m 
 
 i 
 
 |o 
 
 
 8 
 
 00 
 
 8 
 
 
 00 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 "5 
 
 5 
 8 
 
 h 
 

 s s 
 
 
 
 s - , 
 
 - - ^ 
 
 ^ i i 
 
 . 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 < a. 
 
 
 
 a. 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 &; 
 
 
 
 2,^ 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 8 2 S 
 
 8 1^ 8 
 
 8 2 ° 
 
 2, 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 vd 
 
 
 • 
 
 00 t-- vO 
 
 ro ^ <N 
 
 O O vD 
 
 
 M 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ t 
 
 
 .^ 2 :: 
 
 : 
 
 :: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O ^ 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <• ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ♦3 
 
 a; 
 
 
 
 . . . 
 
 , . . 
 
 . . . 
 
 . 
 
 
 1) 
 
 0) 
 
 8 2 
 
 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 • • • 
 
 • 
 
 
 p^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ri 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 3 
 
 S S 
 
 
 
 ^ - - 
 
 
 
 
 
 ji 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ■0, < 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 n 
 
 in 
 
 
 r>^ 
 
 in ro 
 
 m in 
 
 . . • 
 
 
 • 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 N 
 
 
 w « 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 ^ C^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 CO 
 
 t^ t^ ^£) 
 
 M- •-< 
 
 
 
 
 •s 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 ^ < 
 
 
 • 
 
 • • • 
 
 
 . . . 
 
 
 • 
 
 S* 
 
 
 ^ -> 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 . . . 
 
 . . . 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4- 
 
 
 
 ^-~^~-' 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 00 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 cin 
 
 ■ < 
 
 • • • 
 
 
 • 
 
 CN 
 
 s 
 ^ 
 
 
 2; 
 < 
 
 S 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 ■p3 
 g 
 
 M o 
 Read 
 
 g ^ g 
 ^ ^ 1 
 
 ^ E s 
 
 ^ < < 
 
 M S > 
 Down 
 
 ffi ^ fe 
 
 ►J 
 
 .J 
 
 Q 
 7, 
 
 < 
 
 O 
 
 2 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 z 
 
 D 
 
 Q 
 
 % 1 
 
 i 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s 
 
 :: 
 
 
 :::::: 
 
 S 3 S 
 
 , > .. 
 
 - 
 
 
 l-l'-s 
 
 
 a. < 
 
 
 
 
 a< 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 o ° i 
 
 aT "^ — 
 
 
 8 ^ 
 
 « 
 
 
 ^ 2 % 
 
 m f» 00 
 
 m 
 
 8 S> % 
 
 4 ro CO 
 
 
 
 o6 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 b ^ 
 
 
 
 :: 
 
 ^ 
 
 'E 1 ^ 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
 s r 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ill 
 
 ■o 
 c 
 
 '^ 
 
 • 
 
 ^ 
 
 lO • 
 
 • • 
 
 • • • 
 
 : 
 
 ; 
 
 o 4J t: 
 
 
 
 
 Ov 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 ca 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^Js 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s s 
 
 :^ 
 
 -: 
 
 : 3 5 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 % § S 
 
 
 < cu 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 ;^ Pi fe 
 
 
 8 ^ 
 
 5? 
 
 2, 
 
 S, i? ^ 
 
 «o m 
 
 . . . 
 
 . 
 
 
 * +- ++ 
 
 
 O -i- 
 
 i>i 
 
 
 in v6 t^ 
 
 • O •-' 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX, 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Abacotnetic Bog 91, 92, 93, 96, 97 
 
 Abbot 157 
 
 Aboljackarmegas Dead- Water 76 
 
 " Falls . . 76, 79 
 
 " ^ Stream . 76, 78 
 
 Aboljackarmegassic .... 73 
 
 Abraliam. — See Mt. Abraham. 
 
 Accidents 29, 30 
 
 Adams's House 179 
 
 Alder Brook ... 87, 89, 177, 194 
 
 Alder Ground .... 58, 92, 93 
 
 Allagash Falls . 125, 126, 131, 195 
 
 " Lake . . . 103, 104, 195 
 
 " Pond 105 
 
 " River 97, 105, 115, 118, 120, 
 
 121, 123, 126-129, 131, 135 
 
 " Stream . . . 104, 105 
 
 Allagaskwigamook 109, 113, 121, 
 
 131, 135 
 
 Allagaskwigamooksis no, 113,. 119 
 
 Ambajejus Falls . . . . 76, 78 
 
 " Lake . . . 77,81, 195 
 
 Ambajemackomus Carry . 72, 78 
 
 Andover 130 
 
 Apmoojenegamook 107, 134, 135, 144 
 
 Arches 7i> 72 
 
 Arnold 173 
 
 Aroostook Falls . ... 114, 134 
 
 " Junction . . 133, 134 
 
 " River no, 112, 134, 136 
 
 Ascent of Mt. Ktaadn ... 73. 
 
 " " Kineo .... 52 
 
 Ashland 114, 123 
 
 Attean Pond and Rips 180, 181, igj 
 
 Auburn 171 
 
 Avery Brook ... 99, 100, 195 
 '' Pond 99", 103 
 
 B Pond 150 
 
 Babel Brook 157 
 
 Baker Bog , 96 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Baker Brook .... 62,96,177 
 
 " Lake 96, 97 
 
 I' Mt. . 41, 49, 147, 149, 155 
 
 River 129 
 
 *' Stream 96 
 
 Bald Brook 88 
 
 " Mt. ... 44, 47, 62, 88, 90 
 
 " Rock 177 
 
 Bangor . 39, 40, 77, 113, 168, 193 
 " and Katahdin Iron 
 
 Works Railway 146 
 
 " and Piscataquis R. R. 40, 
 
 146, 157, 162 
 
 Barren Mt. 44, 149, 155, 159, 166, 167 
 
 Barrett Brook 181 
 
 Basin 76, 169 
 
 " Pond 75 
 
 Bear Pond 160 
 
 Beardsley Brook 132 
 
 Beau Lac 127 
 
 Ben Glazier Brook .... 124 
 
 Benson Mt 149, 166 
 
 Big Benson Pond 166 
 
 " Gulf Stream 182 
 
 " Gull Rock 55 
 
 '• Heater 71 
 
 " Houston Pond .... 149 
 
 " Island 64, 8s 
 
 " Lane Brook 90 
 
 " Little Wood Pond ... 180 
 ** Lyford Pond and Dam 48, 49, 
 
 ** Machias Stream .... 114 
 
 " Pine Island . . . 159, 161 
 " Spruce Mt. ..... 148 
 
 Bigelow. — See Mt. Bigelow. 
 
 Bill Fish Brook . . . 139, 144 
 
 Billing's Fall 154 
 
 Bingham 175 
 
 Birch Island 46 
 
 " Point 55 
 
INDEX 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Black Island 47 
 
 " Narrows 177 
 
 " Pond ...... 98, 178 
 
 " River Rapids .... 97 
 
 Blanchard 39,40,41 
 
 Blethen Landing 158 
 
 Blue Ridge 47, 62 
 
 Boarstone Mt. 44, 146, 149, 157, 159, 
 164-167 
 
 Bodfish Falls 57 
 
 Bodfish's P'arm 164 
 
 " Bridge 167 
 
 Bog Brook . 87, 116, 117, 120, 137 
 
 Boston 39, 40, 171, 174, 176, 193, 194, 
 
 195, 196 
 
 Boston and Maine R. R. . 39, 171 
 
 Bolting's Farm 113 
 
 Boundary Lake' 127 
 
 Bowlin Ledges and Falls 140, 141, 
 144j 145 
 
 " Stream 141 
 
 Bradstreet's Farm 181 
 
 Brandy Brook 98 
 
 Brassua Lake . . . 58, 193, 194 
 
 " Stream 59 
 
 Brown's Clearing 167 
 
 Brownville .... 146, 155, 157 
 
 Buck's Cove 159, 160 
 
 Bulge Pond 11 1 
 
 Buoy 55 
 
 Burnt Jacket Cliff 46 
 
 Buttermilk Pond . . 160, 161, 166 
 
 "Calf" 164,167 
 
 Camp-Fires 24, 189 
 
 Camp-Ground 22, 23 
 
 Camp "Kit" 4-7 
 
 " ornamentation ... 23, 24 
 
 •' Pocahontas 84 
 
 Canada . . 82, 94, 171, 153, 175 
 " Falls . . 82, 86, 89, 194 
 " Road . . 60, 88, 178, 179 
 
 Canoes 16-19 
 
 Capen's Landing 51 
 
 Carabassett River 172 
 
 Caribou 113, 114, 128 
 
 " Barren 167 
 
 " Lake 67 
 
 " Narrows 177 
 
 Carratunk 175, 178 
 
 Carry Brook 81 
 
 " Pond 7i» 72 
 
 Carrying- Place Ponds . 173, 178 
 
 Caucomgomoc Lake 97-100, 103, 
 
 104, 195 
 
 " River 98, 105, 195, 196 
 
 Caucomgomocsis 100 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Centre Island 62 
 
 Chain Ponds 173 
 
 Chairback Mt. . 147, 148, 149, 157 
 
 " Ponds 149 
 
 Chamberlain Farm .... 107 
 " Lake 97, 102, 105, 107, 
 
 Lock 107, 109, 121, 195 
 Chase's Carry . . . 121, 131, 195 
 
 " Dam 121 
 
 Chatacoin 129 
 
 Chemquasabamticook Lake . 105 
 
 Chesuncook Dam .... 68, 78 
 
 " Lake 64, 66, 67, 68, 69, 
 
 70) 78, 97, 98) io3» 104, 105 
 
 " Road . . . 147, 166 
 
 Chesunkook 79 
 
 Chetookook 79 
 
 Childe's Falls 163 
 
 Clare's Bar 129 
 
 Clark's Camp 148 
 
 Churchill Lake 109, 113, 116, 121, 
 
 13s 
 Stream .... 47, 58 
 
 Clear Lake 116, 117 
 
 Clear Pond 105 
 
 Cliff Beach 55 
 
 Climbing 30 
 
 Cloutier's 132 
 
 Coburn Farm 60 
 
 " Field 178 
 
 Coffee House Stream ... 43 
 
 Colds 32-34 
 
 Cold Stream 178 
 
 Cooking 25-27 
 
 Cowen's Cove 55 
 
 Crockett's 162 
 
 Cross Lake 127 
 
 Cross Rock and Rapids . . . 127 
 Crowfoot Falls .... 142, 145 
 Cussabexis Lake 67 
 
 Daggett Pond , loi, 102, 103, 195 
 
 Dam Pitch 83 
 
 Davis's 48, 49 
 
 Day Dream 57 
 
 Dead River 172, 173 
 
 " " Village . • . • 173 
 
 Debsconeak 76 
 
 Deer Island 46, 47, 51 
 
 Depot Farm 119, 123 
 
 Devil's Blow-Hole 62 
 
 " '; Delight 55 
 
 " Elbow 122 
 
 " Table 177 
 
 Dexter 163 
 
 Dole Brook . . . .91, 92, 93, 95 
 
INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Dole Brook Falls .... 93. 95 
 
 " Pond 94) 95 
 
 Donald's Lake n8 
 
 Dover 41, 163 
 
 Dressing Game 28, 29 
 
 Dry Mountain 47 
 
 Duck Cove and Mt. . . . 61, 62 
 
 " Pitch 153 
 
 " Pond 67 
 
 Ducks 185 
 
 Dwinel Farm 135 
 
 Eagle Lake . . 107, 108, ri8, 135 
 " " Narrows . . . 109 
 " Stream 43 
 
 East Branch Penobscot 77, 107, 121, 
 
 134, 136, 140, 141 
 
 " " Pleasant Riveri46, 155, 
 
 ' Cove 41 
 
 " Ebeeme Pond .... 156 
 
 " Green Mt 91 
 
 " Outlet . .45,46,47, 193, 194 
 
 Eastern R. R 39, 171 
 
 Ebeeme Mt 146, 147 
 
 Ebeeme Ponds . 155, 156, 157, 167 
 
 Echo Lake no, 113 
 
 Edmundstcn 128, 130, 131, 133, 195 
 
 Elbow Bog 178 
 
 Elephant Mt 41, 149 
 
 Elliotsville .... 155, 161, 163 
 " Falls . . . 163, 164 
 
 Ellis Pond 178 
 
 Elm Pond and Stream ... 83 
 European and N. A. Rwy. 39, 40, 168 
 
 Eustis Village 173 
 
 Eveleth House 42 
 
 Expenses 5, 197 
 
 Farm Island 62 
 
 Fatigue 34, 35 
 
 Finby's Island 125 
 
 First Lake 119, 120 
 
 Fish 1S3 
 
 " Laws 184, 187, 1S8 
 
 " Pond 178 
 
 " River 129 
 
 " " Rapids 129 
 
 Fishing Tackle 13, 56 
 
 Fitzgerald Pond 43 
 
 Five Finn:er Brook .... 124 
 
 Flagstaff Village 173 
 
 Forks of Kennebec . 171-179,196 
 
 " West Branch of Penobscot 
 
 85, 89, 92, 93, 194 
 
 " Plantation 175 
 
 Fort Fairfield .... 114, 134 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Fort Kent . . 127, 128, 129, 131 
 Fourth Lake .... 118, 120 
 
 Fowler's Carry 77, 195 
 
 Fox Hole 64, 66 
 
 Foxcroft 157, 158 
 
 Frenchville 129 
 
 Frost Brook 68 
 
 Pond 70,94,95 
 
 Gaffney's Camp 148 
 
 Game 28, 29, 183 
 
 " Laws 186, 187 
 
 Gardner Brook 114 
 
 Gates's 145 
 
 Gauntlet 156, 157 
 
 Gerrish Pond 43 
 
 Glazier's Lake 127 
 
 Gold Mine 55 
 
 Golen Rapids 127 
 
 Goodale Brook 163 
 
 Grand Falls 77, 128, 130, 131, 133, 
 136, 140, 141, 174, 19s 
 
 " Lake 137, 138 
 
 " Pitch .... 140, 141, 144 
 Grande Fourche . . . 132, 133 
 
 Granite Mt 158 
 
 Green Island 47 
 
 " Mountains .... 91, 92 
 
 " Point 159 
 
 Greenville 40-44, 46, 48, 56, 155, 
 
 163, 194 
 
 Greenwood Mt. . . . 164, 165, 166 
 
 " Pond . . i6i, 164, 166 
 
 Griffin's 132 
 
 Grindstone Falls . . . 143, 145 
 
 Pond 161 
 
 Guides 19-21 
 
 Gulf .... 48, 148, 151-155, 156 
 
 GulfHagas 151-153 
 
 "Gulf House" 153 
 
 Gull Rock 55 
 
 Gulliver Falls and Stream 84, 85, 193 
 
 " Pitch 72 
 
 Guns 13, 19 
 
 Hale Brook . . , . .87, 88, 194 
 Hammond Street Pitch . . . 152 
 
 Hard Scrabble 52 
 
 Harford's Rocks 128 
 
 Harrington Lake .... 69, 70 
 " Stream .... 69 
 
 Harrow Lake . . . 115, 116, 120 
 Haskell Rock and Pitch 140, 144 
 Hathorn's High Landing . . 141 
 
 Hay Brook 138 
 
 Havden Brook 114 
 
 Havny^ek^ake 107 
 
202 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Haynes's Beach 165 
 
 Heater 71 
 
 Hebron Pond 162 
 
 High Landing 91, 92 
 
 Hilton's 67, 175, 179 
 
 Hog Back Island 51 
 
 Holeb Falls .... 181, 182, 196 
 
 " Pond 180, 196 
 
 " Stream .... iSi, 182 
 
 Holt's Farm 164 
 
 Homer's Hill 162 
 
 Horace Falls 156 
 
 Horse Eddy . 151 
 
 Horseshoe Pond . . . 156, 178 
 
 Honlton 128 
 
 Houlton Brook 114 
 
 Houston Mt 149 
 
 Howard Slate Quarry . 160, 161 
 HulUng Machine Falls 140, 141. 144 
 
 Hunger 34, 35 
 
 Hunt Farm . . 142, 144, 145, 168 
 
 Hurd Ponds 100 
 
 Hygienic Notes . . . 2() et seq. 
 
 Indian Carry .... 136, 144 
 
 Mt 41 
 
 " Pond 47, 57, 58, 15s, 17S, 179 
 " Stream 178 
 
 Island Falls 69 
 
 Jackman 179, 196 
 
 Jaws of the Gulf 154 
 
 Johnson's Landing .... 43 
 Jo Merry Lakes . . 80, 155, 156 
 
 " " Mt 44, 148 
 
 " " Road 156 
 
 Katahdin Iron Co 145 
 
 Katahdin Iron Works 44, 145, 150 
 Ktaadn — See Mt. Ktaadn. 
 
 " Lake .... 168, 169 
 
 " Pond 75 
 
 Katepskonegan Falls .... 76 
 " Lake .... 76 
 
 Keeobscus Brook 126 
 
 Kennebec 41. 47, 55, 171-174,177-179 
 " Dam .... 46, 47, 48 
 
 Ket-tegwe-wick . . . . .79, 144 
 Kineo. — See Mt. Kineo. 
 
 " Bay 52 
 
 " Point 52 
 
 King's High Landing ... 85 
 
 Kinneho 53> 54 
 
 Knight's Pond 17S 
 
 " Farm 85 
 
 Kobscus Brook 126 
 
 Lake House . 
 " Megantic 
 
 Lane's Clearing 
 
 Lang Pond . 
 " Stream 
 
 Lapompeag Stream 
 
 Leadbetter Brook 
 Falls 
 
 Ledge Falls . , 
 " Island 
 
 Legend . . . 
 
 Lewiston . . . 
 
 Lily Bay . . . 
 " " House 
 " . *' Mts. . 
 " Road . 
 
 Liquors . , . 
 
 Little Benson Pond 
 " Brassua Pond 
 " Falls . . . 
 " Gulf Stream 
 " Gull Rock . 
 " Heater . . 
 " Houston Pond 
 " Indian Pond 
 " Kineo . . . 
 " Lake . . . 
 " Lobster Brook 
 " Lyford Ponds 
 " ]\Iachias Stream 
 " Madawaska Stream 
 " Mud Lake . 
 " Musquacook . 
 " Pine Island . 
 '■'• Pleasant Pond 
 " Scott Brook 
 " Spencer Pond 
 " Spruce Mt. . 
 " Squatook Lake 
 " Wilson Stream 
 " Wood Pond 
 
 Lobster Lake . . 
 " Mt. . . . 
 " Stream . . 
 
 Long Falls . . . 
 " Lake 97, 105, 
 
 Pond 
 
 122, 
 
 58, 60, 95, 149, 
 173 
 " " Stream. . . 
 
 Loon Lake 
 
 Louse Island 
 
 Lowell Falls 
 
 Lower Ebeeme Pond . . 
 
 Lucky Pond 5 
 
 Luggage 7-13 
 
 Lunksoos Mt 144 
 
 PAGE 
 
 , 158, 161 
 ■ • 173 
 
 82,84,85 
 
 • J79 
 
 • 179 
 . 114 
 . 90 
 
 9') 93 
 
 145' 173 
 
 . 46 
 
 • 53 
 
 • J71 
 43, 48 
 . 48 
 41, 49 
 . 49 
 
 5 . 36, 37 
 . j66 
 59- 60 
 
 • 130 
 . 182 
 
 • 55 
 
 • 71 
 
 • 149 
 . 178 
 47i 62 
 . 132 
 . 66 
 
 • 49 
 . 114 
 . 114 
 . 132 
 . 120 
 . 159 
 . 48 
 . 98 
 
 • 50 
 . 147 
 . 132 
 . 164 
 . 180 
 
 65,66,67 
 47,62,66 
 . 64, 65 
 I73f 174 
 123, 129, 
 131. 19s 
 155,167, 
 , 178, 179 
 165, 167 
 100, 103 
 . . 138 
 182, 196 
 
 55, m 
 
INDEX. 
 
 203 
 
 PAGE 
 
 L3rford Mt. 149 
 
 Madawaska River . . . 130, 131 
 
 Madison 172 
 
 Maine 127, 128, 133 
 
 Maine Central R. R. . ,. . 39, 171 
 
 Maqiiaso 53 
 
 Marsh Pond 109 
 
 Matangamook Lake 136, 137, 138, 
 
 139, 1431 J44 
 
 " Mt. . . i37> 139 
 
 Matangamooksis . . 136, 137, 144 
 
 Mat-da-\vas-Uek 130 
 
 Mattawamkeag 77, 78, 113, 143, 168, 
 
 ^95 
 
 McKinney's Farm 180 
 
 McLennan's 124,126 
 
 McLennan's Brook .... 125 
 
 Medway 143, 195 
 
 Megantic Lake 173 
 
 Miasm 31 
 
 Midland's Island and Rapids . 129 
 
 Michu Rapids 127 
 
 Middle Branch Penobscot . . 93 
 Middle Branch Pleasant River 146 
 
 Mile Island 46 
 
 Millbank Pond 161 
 
 Millinokett Lake .... 75, 81 
 
 " Stream .... 77 
 
 Milnokett Pond and Lake . . 137 
 
 " Stream . . 112, 113, 114 
 
 Milo Station 40, 145 
 
 " Village 146 
 
 Miseree Mt 44,47,62 
 
 " Stream 58 
 
 Mohawks 53 
 
 Moir's Farm .... 124, 125 
 
 Moluiikus 168 
 
 Monroe's Island 125 
 
 Monson 43, 155, 158, 161, 162, 163, 
 
 167 
 
 " Pond .... 162, 163 
 
 " Station . . 157, 158, 162 
 
 Moody Islands 5I) 56 
 
 Moore's Cove 166 
 
 Moose Brook 62, 67 
 
 " Cliff 139 
 
 " Island 46 
 
 " Pond 67 
 
 " River 47, 55, 58, 59, 60, 62, 
 
 x8o, 181 
 
 " " Bridge .... 60 
 
 ,/' , "Village 175, 179, 180, 196 
 
 Moosehead Lake 39-41, 44, 49, 53, 
 
 58, 60, 63, 81, 97, 134, 149, 162, 
 
 163,171,179,184,193-196 
 
 Moosehorn Str. 64, 66, 194, 195, i0 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Mooseleuk Stream . . . 113, 114 
 Morris Farm . . .63, 64, 66, 83 
 
 Morrison's Farm 127 
 
 Moscow 175 
 
 Mosquito Narrows .... 177 
 
 '^ Pond 177 
 
 " Repellent .... 12 
 
 " Stream 177 
 
 Moulton Hill 157 
 
 Mount Abraham . , . 44,47, 172 
 
 '* Bigelow . . . 44,47, 172 
 
 " Ktaadn 40, 44, 46, 62, 65, 66, 
 
 67,68, 70, 71, 73.75,76, 78, 
 
 79, 81, 134, 142, 144, 148, 
 
 157, 167, 16S, 169 
 
 " Knieo 45,47,51,58,60,61, 
 
 62, 67, 184, 193, 194, 196 
 
 " " House 46, 52, 54, 56, 
 
 57, 194, 196 
 
 Moxie Falls and Pond . . . 176 
 
 " Mt 17s 
 
 Stream .... 176, 178 
 
 Mud Brook 143, 145 
 
 Mud Cove 115,116 
 
 " Lake .... 116, 117, 118 
 " Pond .... 97, 105, 106 
 
 " " Carry 106 
 
 Mun-olammon-ungun . . . 145 
 
 Munsungan Lake no, in, 112, 113 
 
 " Stream . . 112, 137 
 
 Murphy's Farm .... 67, 98 
 
 Musquacook Lake 114, 115, 116,117, 
 
 123 
 
 '* Stream 115, 119, 120, 
 
 123, 124, 126, 131 
 
 Mystic Grotto 55 
 
 Nahmakanta Lake ... 80, 81 
 Nelhudus Stream . . . 84,85,194 
 
 Nesowadnehunk 79 
 
 " Carry . . . 121 
 
 " Dead-Water . 72, 
 
 73, 195 
 
 " Lake ... 69 
 
 " Mts. . . 62, 68 
 
 " Stream 70, 73, 79 
 
 New Brunswick 127, X28, 132, 133 
 
 " " Railway . . 130 
 
 Nickatow . . .79, 143, 144, 145 
 
 " Nigger " Brook and Rapids 126 
 
 Norridgewock 171 
 
 Norris Brook ..._.. 92,93 
 North Anson . . . 171-173, 176 
 
 " Brook 48, 49 
 
 " Branch Penobscot 85, 90, 92, 
 
 94,95 
 
 " • Chairback Pond . . . 149 
 
204 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 North Twin Brook .... 109 
 
 " Twin Dam and Lake 77, 78 
 
 Northeast Carry 61,62, 64, 82, 83 
 
 Northwest Carry . 81, 82, 83, 194 
 
 Norton Hill 162 
 
 Norton's Farm 156 
 
 Number in Party 2 
 
 Old Canada Road 82,84,86,87,88 
 " Man of the Cliff .... 152 
 
 Oldtown 39) 40 
 
 Onaway Lake 164 
 
 Ore Mt 145, ^49 
 
 Otter Brook 114 
 
 Otter Pond 178 
 
 Outfit . . 3, 4 
 
 Oxbow Plantation . . . 113, 114 
 
 Pack-straps 11 
 
 Paddling 16 
 
 Painter's Farm 113 
 
 Pamedomcook Lake • . . 77, 80 
 
 Pamola 75 
 
 Parlin Pond 179, 181 
 
 Parson's Hotel 173 
 
 Partridges 185 
 
 Party 2 
 
 Pataquongamis . . . 123,131,134 
 Passamagamoc Falls .... 76 
 
 Patten 113, 114, 139 
 
 Patterson's . . 141, 142, 145, 168 
 
 Peaked Mt 115,117 
 
 Pearl Pond 156 
 
 Pebble Beach 52, 55 
 
 Peirce Ponds 178 
 
 Penobscot 41, 53, 63, 66, 67, 70, 78, 
 
 79, 83, 88, 113, 143 
 
 " Brook . . . 88,89,194 
 
 " Lake 88 
 
 " Pond 50 
 
 Personal Luggage 7-13 
 
 Peske-begat 66 
 
 Pine Stream Falls .... 64, 65 
 Pillsbury Island . . > 108, 109 
 
 Piscataquis 40, 162 
 
 Pleasant Lake . 114, 115, 116, 120 
 
 Mt 116 
 
 " Pond 177 
 
 " River .... 146, 148 
 
 Pockwockamus Dead-Water . 76 
 
 Falls .... 76' 
 
 Pohenagamook 127 
 
 Poland Brook . . .101, 102, 104 
 " Pond .... 102, 103, 195 
 
 Poling 17 
 
 Polly wog Pond 8i 
 
 Pond Pitch .... 140, 141, 144 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Pongokwahemook . . 107,108,135 
 Posture in Canoe .... 17, i8 
 
 Portland 171 
 
 Prairie 146, 157 
 
 Presque Isle 113, x 14 
 
 " " Stream .... 114 
 
 Profile 53 
 
 Piovisions 14,15,16 
 
 Pugwash 151 
 
 Putting-in Place . . . . 71, 72 
 
 Quakish Lake 77 
 
 Quebec 127, 132, 175 
 
 Quicksands 31 
 
 Ragmuff Stream 64 
 
 Rainbow Lake 81 
 
 Ramsay's Farm 124 
 
 Rankin Rapids 127 
 
 Rankin's Falls 176 
 
 Rasles, Father 171 
 
 Recipes 25-27 
 
 Rice's Rapids 130 
 
 Reed's Camp 168 
 
 Ripogenus Carry . . . 71, 78, 195 
 
 'I Gorge . . . . 70, 144 
 
 Lake 68, 69, 70, 71, 144 
 
 Riviere du Loup . ' . . 131, 175 
 
 Roach Pond 48,49,50 
 
 " River 48 
 
 Robbin's Hill 175 
 
 Robert Brook 94 
 
 Rocky Rips ... 64, 65, 66, 143 
 Rolling Dam Ledge .... 60 
 Round Mt 117, 149 
 
 " Pond 58, 100, 101, 102, 123, 
 
 19s 
 Rum Mt 41 
 
 " Pond IS5 
 
 Russell Brook loS 
 
 " Mt 40, 44 
 
 " Pond 83 
 
 " Stream 83 
 
 Saddlerock Brook 150 
 
 Mt. 147, 148, 149, 157 
 Salmon Brook . . . . . . 114 
 
 Sampson Pond 167 
 
 Sam's Pitch 58 
 
 Sand Bar 51 
 
 " " Island SI 
 
 Sandy Bay 88, 175 
 
 " Stream 73, 76, 168, 169, 177 
 
 Savage's 128, 129 
 
 " Island 128 
 
 Sawdust Clearing , . . 160, 161 
 Scapan Stream 114 
 
INDEX. 
 
 205 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Schoodic Lake . 109, no, 155, 156 
 
 Schooner Island 165 
 
 Scratcli Rips 143 
 
 Screw Auger Fall 152 
 
 Sears's Clearing 64 
 
 Season i, 2 
 
 Sebaygook 157 
 
 Sebec Corner 157 
 
 " Lake 157, 158, 159, 161, 164 
 
 " River 155 
 
 " Village . . . 157,158,159 
 
 Seboois River . . . . 141, 145 
 
 Second Lake . . .119, 136, 137 
 
 Seebooraook Falls . . 82, 83, 194 
 
 " Island ... 82, 83 
 
 *• Meadows ... 82 
 
 " Stream ... 83, 85 
 
 Seven Islands 97, 123 
 
 Shad Pond 77, 78 
 
 Shallow Lake . . . loi, 103, 195 
 
 Shaw Farm 50, 62 
 
 Sherman Village 168 
 
 Ship Pond 161, 164, 165, 166, 167 
 " " Stream . .159, 160, 161 
 
 Shirley 41, 164 
 
 Silver Lake .... 145, 150. 151 
 " " House .... 145 
 
 Skinning Game 28 
 
 Skowhegan . . 171, 172, 174, 175 
 
 Slaughter Pond 70 
 
 Slugundy 167 
 
 Smith Brook .... 108, 109 
 
 Smith's Farm 181 
 
 Snake Island 47 
 
 Snare Brook .... 108, 109 
 
 Socatean Falls 61 
 
 " Point 62 
 
 " Pool 61 
 
 " River . . 61, 192, 193 
 Soldiers'" Field Rips .... 141 
 
 Solon 172, 174, 175 
 
 Somerset R. R. ... 171, 172 
 Soper Brook . , . 6g, 108, 109 
 
 Soubungan Mt 62 
 
 Sourdnahunk (see Nesowadnehunk). 
 
 South Branch Penobscot 85, 86, 
 
 89, 90 
 
 South Brook 48 
 
 " Lagrange 40 
 
 " Point 115 
 
 " Sebec 157 
 
 Spectacle Ponds 163 
 
 Spencer Bay . . .46, 47, 48, 51 
 
 " Brook 48, 49 
 
 ' ' Mts. 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 66 
 
 " Narrows 45 
 
 '' Pond 49, 194 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Spencer Rips . , , . 141, i8i 
 Spencer's Camp . . . 91,92,93 
 Spider Lake 109, no, iii, 114, 116 
 
 Spring Brook 141 
 
 Spruce Mt 147 
 
 " " Ponds 147 
 
 Square Lake 123 
 
 Squatook Lake 132 
 
 " Stream 132 
 
 " Peak 132 
 
 Squaw Brook 43, 44 
 
 " Mt. . . 41, 43, 44, 46, 62 
 
 " Pond 43 
 
 St. Croix Stream 114 
 
 St. Francis River . . 127,128,131 
 St John Pond . . . . 93,95,97 
 
 «' " River 97, 105, 113, 114, 115, 
 121, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 
 129, 130, 131, 133, 135, 195 
 
 St. Joseph 175 
 
 Staceyville 168 
 
 Stair Falls . . 139,141,144,154 
 
 Steamboats 45, 57 
 
 Stimulation 12, 35-37 
 
 Stony Brook Rapids .... 60 
 
 Store 56 
 
 Sufferers' Rock 141 
 
 Sugar Island 46, 53 
 
 " Loaf xMt 132 
 
 Sun-stroke 34 
 
 Suntabunt Mt 81 
 
 Sv.'an's Farm 84, 85 
 
 Swift Brook 141, 145 
 
 Swimming 30 
 
 Table-Land 74 
 
 Table-Rock 52 
 
 Taking Cold 32-34 
 
 Telegraph 46 
 
 Telos Cut 144 
 
 Telos Dam 144 
 
 Telos Lake .... 107, 134, 135 
 Telosmis Lake .... 134, 144 
 Temiscouata Lake . . 131, 132 
 Ten-thousand Acre Pond . . 178 
 
 I'ent 6, 22, 23 
 
 Third Lake 118 
 
 Thissell Brook 136 
 
 " Road 166 
 
 Thoroughfare Brook 107, 108, 109, 
 
 195 
 
 Three Brooks 181 
 
 " Sisters .... 52, 53, 55 
 
 Toban Bar 128 
 
 Tobique River 130 
 
 Tom Fletcher Brook .... 59 
 Tomhegan Pond 178 
 
206 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Tomhegan River . . . 60,61,194 
 
 Touladi Falls 132 
 
 " Lake 132 
 
 " River 132 
 
 Toulbali Mts 104 
 
 Tours 193, 197 
 
 Traveller Mts. . . . 137,139,141 
 
 Triple Mt X17 
 
 Trout Brook .... 114, 138 
 
 " " Farm . . 136, 138 
 
 Mts. . . 134, 137 
 
 Trout Pond 50 
 
 Truesdell's Camp 93 
 
 Turner House 174 
 
 Twin Brook Rapids .... 126 
 
 " Brooks 109 
 
 '* Island 141 
 
 Uem-sas-kek 122 
 
 Uiiibazookskus Lake 105, 106, 195 
 " Stream . . 97, 105 
 
 Umcoleus Stream 114 
 
 Umsaskis Lake . 122, 123, 131, 195 
 
 Upper Dam South Br. Penobscot 89 
 
 " Ebeeme Pond .... 156 
 
 Van Buren 128 
 
 Vaiiceboro 113 
 
 Wadleigh Brook . . . . 6g, 103 
 
 Pond 81 
 
 Wassataquoik Stream 141, 142, 144, 
 
 145, 168 
 
 Wassa-tegwe-wick . . 142, 144 
 
 Waterville 174 
 
 Webster Brook .... 136, 14V 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Webster Lake 107, 134, 135, 136, 13S, 
 
 144 
 
 *' Landing . . . 139, 144 
 
 Welch's Mill 161 
 
 West Branch Penobscot 64-66, 70, 
 7S, 79, 82, 83, 144, 194 
 " " Ponds . . .49, 155 
 
 " " Pleasant River 48, 145, 
 
 146, 147, 151 
 " ^' Touladi River . 133 
 
 " Chairback Pond . . . 149 
 
 " Cove 43, 46, 66 
 
 " Ebeeme Pond .... 156 
 
 " Green Mt 91 
 
 " Outlet Stream . . . 47^ 57 
 
 " Peak 75 
 
 " Waterville . . . 171, 174 
 
 Weymouth Point 195 
 
 Whetstone Falls . . 142, 143, 145 
 
 White Brook .... 148, 151 
 
 " Cap Mt. 41, 44, 46, 49, >47» 
 
 148, 149, 151, 157 
 
 Williams Stream 62 
 
 Williniantic Linen Co. . . . 161 
 
 Wilson Pond . . . .42, 43, 194 
 
 " Stream . 158, 159, 161, 163 
 
 Wilson's 46 
 
 Hill Pond .... 178 
 Winding Ledges . . . 128, 129 
 Woboostook Stream .... 96 
 
 Wongun Brook 156 
 
 Wood 24, 25 
 
 " Pond 60, 180 
 
 Woodstock 106, 107, 113, 130, 134 
 Woolastook 126 
 
 V 
 
 University Press : John Wilson and Son, Cambridge. 
 
BANGOR HOUSE 
 
 BANGOR, MAINE. 
 
 This is one of the hest houses in Now Fnsland; it ?its in a square by itself, thus 
 avoiding the danger of fire from other biiililiniis, and malting every room a front one. 
 Jt has a brick partition between n arly ever^' room, malcing it Are proof. 
 
 $3.00 per day. 
 
 F. O. BEAL. Proprietor. M. J. ROACH, Manager. 
 
 mmmm, 
 
 EXCHANGE STREET, BANGOR, MAINE. 
 ANDREW SMITH, Manager. 
 
 This Hotel is witMn tnro minutes' walk of the European Rail- 
 road, and five minutes' walk of the Maine Central 
 Railroad and the Steamboat Landings. 
 
 Passengers arriving here on the mornin? train from the West, and 
 going East or to Moosehead Lake, have OXE hour axd thirty minutes 
 
 FOR BRKAKFAST. 
 
 Good Coaches and Hacks at Cars and Steamers on arrival. 
 
 The good reputation this House has had for many years will he main- 
 tained, and no pains will he spared to make guests comfortable. 
 
 The rooms and table are second tc none east of Boston, and are first- 
 class in every respect. 
 
 A lirst-class Livery Stable is connected with the house. 
 
Tourists axd Others who ex joy Scenery will find wo Trouble 
 in carrying home valuable souvenirs of theib 
 Journeys in the Shape of Beautiful Pho- 
 tographs BY USING ONE OF CUB 
 
 AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC OUTFITS. 
 
 THE CHEAPEST, MOST COMPACT, AND CONSEQUENTLY THE 
 BEST IN THE MARKET. 
 
 Photography has recently been so much simplified as to be absolutely 
 BROUGHT WITHIN REACH OF ALL, 
 
 many ladies and children having become very successful amateurs. 
 
 The old jirocesses -winch made necessary dark tents, disagreeable chem- 
 icals, and a large amount of cumbersome accessories have been entirely 
 discarded. 
 
 All that is necessary are one of onr light portable cameras and a few 
 dozen of our sensitive plates. The plates are furnished ready for exposure, 
 after whicOi they are packed away and developed whenever it may be 
 convenient. 
 
 The photographic illustrations in this book are made from negatives 
 taken with one of our outfits and are good samples of what any aiuateur 
 can produce. 
 
 The Tourograph is especially adapted for travellers, as it carries eight 
 plates in one holder. 
 
 Send for descriptive catalogue and price-list to 
 
 THE BLAIR TOUROGRAPH AND DRY PLATE C03IPANY, 
 
 Boston, jMas.s. 
 
[Established 1S33.] 
 
 Thos. Jenness & Son, 
 
 DEALERS IN 
 
 GENERAL HARDWARE 
 
 UiEk JL lllVy 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 CtIS, Pistols, LoafliDE Tools, anfl Cartriilps, 
 Fislii Rofls, Lines, Hoots, Flies, &c. 
 
 12 WEST MARKET SQUARE, BAKGOR, MAINE. 
 HUNTING HATCHETS 
 
 WITH PATENT COVERS. 
 
 Every TOURIST, LUMBERMAN, 
 and HUNTER needs one. 
 
 SEND STAMP FOR CIRcrLAlI TO 
 
 A. CROSBY AND COMPANY, 
 
 Waterville, Me. 
 
 [l 
 
Tk& Mi.j Mim&® MBmm 
 
 Is located on a pleasant platcan at the base of Mt. Kineo, and in tho very 
 centre of a combination of 
 
 ROCK, MOUNTAIN, WATER, AND FOREST SCENERY, 
 
 of unequalled beauty and grandeur. Thejeye never tires of the views as 
 seen from the 
 
 PIAZZA OF THE MT. KINEO HOUSE. 
 
 "Mountain, crag, hiTI, valley, lake, island, nil lend their aid to weave a 
 picture, the description of whose beauties passes the power of man. The 
 dense, deep, primeval forests, silent and gloomy; the mountains frowning 
 in their majesty; the lalro bathed In the glory of the sunshine; ii^lands rising 
 here and there as if by enchantment; the dark clouds gathering in the west 
 and piling themselves in endless confusion athwart the sky; tlie spray and 
 mist through whose thin glimmering some mountain becomes a veiled 
 picture; in the far distance Ivatahdin lifting its head above the clouds 
 and sending back answer ng signals to 'Great Spencer' and 'Big Squaw,' 
 — all these, and countless others, afford a picture wherein the 
 
 GRAND, THE SUBLIME, AND THE PICTURESQUE 
 
 are harmoniously blended, and which cannot fail of leaving a lasting im- 
 pression for good on the mind and life of the beholder.'" 
 
p 
 
 \sal 1^^ *«5s^% 
 
 M EALS. 
 
 Breakfast, 7.30 to 9 a.m. ; Dinner^ 1^ p.m. ; Supper, 6| p.m. 
 
 BOARD AND LODGING. 
 
 Single person, $8.00 to $15.00 a week, according to location of 
 
 room. 
 Man and wife, .$15.00 to $25.00. 
 Children, usually half price. 
 
 Nurse and young child (under two years), $1.00 to $1.50 a day. 
 Transients, $2.00 to $2.50 a day. 
 Single meals, 75 cents ; Lodging, 50 cents. 
 
 In July, a discount of 15 per cent is made on the above price* 
 
 BOATS. 
 
 Row-boats to let, at 50 cents a day, or $2.50 a week. 
 Canoes, 25 cents a day, — for long trips, less. 
 
 The "DAY-DREAM," $10.00 a day. 
 
 To Head of Lake, $10.00. To Lily Bay or Spencer Bay, $5.00. 
 To East Outlet, $3.00 to $4.00, — large parties, 25 cents apiece. 
 To Socatean or Tomhegan, $3.00 to $5.00, — according to size of 
 
 party. 
 Around the Mountain, parties of twelve or fifteen, 25 cts. apiece. 
 
 FARES ON STEAMERS. 
 
 Greenville to Kineo, or reverse, $1.00; round trip, $1.50. 
 
 Kineo to Greenville and return, not necessarily ou same day 
 
 (guests of hotel), 75 cents. 
 Kineo to Head of Lake and return on same trip (guests of 
 
 hotel), $1.00. • 
 
MOUNT KINEO 
 
 Is a magnificent promontory, situated near the middle of 
 
 moosehead LaJce, 
 
 In the State of Maine, ami almost divides tlie Lake, as it rises 
 from the water to a perpendicular height of nearly 1,200 feet. 
 
 Iff ii«f iiPi fif |i 
 
 Is situated at the foot of Mount Kineo, in close 
 proximity to the 
 
 FAVORITE HUNTING AND FISHING GROUNDS, 
 
 And in the midst of the 
 
 ffiliHt WA Bil^illWI ®Sililf 
 
 For which the region is famed. Nearly one thousand feet above 
 the sea level, surrounded by tlie great pine-forests, and fanned 
 by breezes passing over the clear waters of the Lake, the Mount 
 Kineo House ot!ers many inducements to those seeking ref- 
 uge from the city -heats, and to 
 
 SUFFERERS FROM HAY-FEVER. 
 
 The attractions for sportsmen at this resort are too well known 
 to need comment. Every thing required for a trip in the woods 
 may be obtained at the house. Boats, birch-canoes, &c., are al- 
 ways in readiness. The elegant little steamer ^' Dai/Dredin" will 
 always be available for the use of the guests of the house. Bil- 
 liard-room, bowling-alleys, and croquet-grounds are convenient 
 and in good order. For any information, address 
 
 O. A. DENNEN, Superintendent, 
 
 Mount Kineo House, Moosehead Lake, Mb 
 
ElMmWOOU HOTXSL^ 
 
 WATERVILLE, MAINE. 
 
 PROPItlETOR. 
 
DUNCKLEE'S 
 
 CAMPING STOVE. 
 
 LIGHT, COMPACT, AND PORTABLE. 
 
 EVERY CA-MPER SIIOULD HA.VE ONE. 
 
 These stoves are made in four sizes, wliicli weigh resper.tively, 15, 22, 35, 
 and 70 IbS:, and cost respectively, $10, $11 50. $15. and $25. The utensils 
 •which go with them consist of Kettles, Coffee Pot, Frying Pan, Pans, 
 Dippers, &c. 
 
 Send stamp for Circular to 
 
 TAUNTO^J lEOB WORKS COMPANY, 
 
 Nos. 87 Sf 89 Blackstone St., Boston, ^laxs. 
 
EvELETH House, 
 
 Qf^'^^mlll^t RDaas^h^adl Lak©, 
 
 On the HIGHEST and COOLEST part of 
 the village, it commands a fine view of the 
 LAKE and its picturesque islands, near at 
 hand, and is conveniently located near the 
 head-quarters of the BLANCHARD STAGE 
 LINE, and directly opposite the Post-Office. 
 
 The House has ample accommodations for 
 fifty people ; and no pains are spared to make 
 its guests comfortable and at home. 
 
 Prices Moderate. Teams to Let. 
 
 In connection with the above is the 
 
 WiLSOlI POHD MOUSI, 
 
 A. comfortable and commodious house between the Wilson Ponds, from which some 
 of th3 best fishing grounds in the vicinity of Greenville are accessible. It will 
 accommodate twenty-five persons, and in connection with it are 
 
 BOATS AND OTHER CONVENIENCES. 
 
 Teams run frequently to the Ponds from the Eveleth House, and communi- 
 cation with Greenville is at all times easy and direct. 
 
 L 
 
 AMOS H. WALKER, Proprietor. 
 
D. T. SANDEES, 
 
 Caooes aad Campers' Snilies, 
 
 61EEM¥ILLE. UAIUE. 
 
 Hardware, Glassware, Crockery, Dry Goods, 
 and Groceries of all kinds and descriptions ; 
 Canned Goods, Tea, Coffee, and Baking-Powder; 
 Fishing Lines »nd Trout-Flies in great variety; 
 Paddles and Setting- Poles. 
 
 Waits q! Oampiii eareMlj att^ided to. 
 
 Canoes to let by the week or month, at rea- 
 sonable rates. 
 
L. i. BMd 
 
 Groceries and Harflware. 
 
 Steamboat Wharf, adjoining Lake House. 
 
 f% Flour, Sugar, Canned Vegetables and Fruits, 
 
 Shoes, Moccasons, Woollen Shirts, 
 
 Socks, Bakers, Frying-pans, 
 
 Pails and Tin-ware, Drugs, 
 
 and Lumbermen's 
 
 Supplies, all at 
 
 Reasonable 
 
 Prices. 
 
 CANOES FOR SALE AND TO LET. 
 
Wm, READ AND SONS 
 
 13 Faneuil Hall Square, Boston, 
 
 SOLK NEW ENGLAND AGENTS FOR 
 
 I^OLT'S NEW BREECH LOADER 
 
 THE BEST AMERICAN GUN! 
 
 The reputation of the Colt's Revolver Co. for highest quality in all am . 
 of their ni?*nuiacture is a sufficient recommendation for this gun. It 
 of the favorite lop-snap, double-bolt action, with latest improvemeni 
 as Rebounding Locks, &c. 
 
 PRIGS 950.00 AJSfD UF^TARDS. 
 
 Agents for W. & C. Scott & Son's celebrated Breec 
 Loaders. 
 
 FINE TROUT AND SALMON RODS, 
 
 dies, Lines, and every thing in Fisliing Tackle, Tourists' Kna) 
 
 sacks. Tents, Rubber Blankets, &c., Winchester, Sharp, 
 
 Maynard, and all makes of Kifles. 
 
 We now offer a lot of Sharp's Slidiug-Barrel Sporting Rifles, 45 calibre, 
 Central Fire, Reloadable Cartridge. Tliey use the same cartridge as the 
 Colt Revolver; and from the fact that the cartridge can be reloaded, are 
 iesirable for parties going into camp. The best low-priced Rifle in the 
 market. Price only S13.50. 
 
 SEND STAMP FOR CIRCULARS. 
 
 H65 89 .yg 
 
* o»- •«"•*, 
 
 •to* 
 
 «o 
 
 
 %_ 
 
 *' 
 
 .4^ 
 
 ,H°^ 
 
 

 i 
 
 ,- . V/%t^^^"] 
 
 1 
 
 J